LMK04616ZCRT_技术文档

Support &

Community

Product

Folder

Order

Now

Tools &

Software

Technical

Documents

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

具有双环路 PLL 且符合 JESD204B 标准的 LMK04616 超低噪声和低功耗

时钟抖动消除器

1 特性

•

–40ºC 至 +85ºC 工业环境温度

支持 105ºC PCB 温度（在散热焊盘上测量）

1

•

双环路 PLL 架构

超低噪声（10kHz 至 20MHz）：

LMK04616：10mm × 10mm NFBGA-144 封装，

间距为 0.8mm

–

1966.08MHz 频率下 48fs RMS 抖动

983.04MHz 频率下 50fs RMS 抖动

122.88MHz 频率下 61fs RMS 抖动

2 应用

•

LTE-BTS、小型蜂窝、远程射频单元 (RRU) 等无

线基础设施

•

122.88MHz 时具有 –165dBc/Hz 本底噪声

JESD204B 支持

•

数据转换器和集成收发器时钟

网络、SONET/SDH、DSLAM

测试和测量

–

一次性、脉冲和连续 SYSREF

•

16 个差动输出时钟（处于 8 个频率组中）

–

介于 700mVpp 和 1600mVpp 之间的可编程输

出摆幅

3 说明

–

每个输出对可配置为 SYSREF 时钟输出

16 位通道分频器

LMK0461x 器件系列具有业界性能最高且功耗最低的

抖动清除器，支持 JESD204B 接口。可以配置 16 个

时钟输出以驱动 8 个 JESD204B 转换器或其他逻辑器

件（使用器件和 SYSREF 时钟）。可以配置第 17 个

输出，以提供来自 PLL2 的信号或来自外部 VCXO 的

副本。

最小 SYSREF 频率为 25kHz

最大输出频率为 2GHz

精密数字延迟，动态可调

–

数字延迟 (DDLY) ½ × 时钟分配路径频率

（最大 2GHz）

完全集成的 PLL1 和 PLL2 环路滤波器、大量的集成

LDO、数字和模拟延迟、提供 3.3V、2.5V 和 1.8V 输

出的灵活性以及同时生成多个 SYSREF 域的灵活性等

特性使得该器件易于使用。

–

60ps 步长模拟延迟

50% 占空比输出分配，1 至 65535

（偶数和奇数）

•

4 个基准输入

–

输入丢失时采用保持模式

可以为传统计时系统配置 17 个输出中的每一个，不

限于 JESD204B 应用。

自动和手动切换模式

信号损失 (LOS) 检测

器件信息⁽¹⁾

•

在 16 个有源输出下的典型功耗为 1.05W

器件型号

LMK04616

VCO 频率

通常由 1.8V（输出、输入）和 3.3V 电源（数字、

PLL1、PLL2_OSC、PLL2 内核）供电

5870MHz 至 6175MHz

(1) 如需了解所有可用封装，请参阅数据表末尾的可订购产品附

录。

•

完全集成的可编程环路滤波器

PLL2

简化原理图

–

PLL2 相位检测器频率高达 250MHz

OSCin 倍频器

Multiple —clean“

clocks at different

frequencies

集成式低噪声 VCO

OSCout

VCXO

LMX2582

Recovered

—dirty“ clock or

clean clock

PLL+VCO

•

内部功率调节：优于 –80dBc PSRR（在 VDDO

上）（对于 122.88MHz 差动输出）

CLKin0

Backup

Reference

Clock

CLKout9

FPGA

3 线制或 4 线制 SPI 接口（4 线制为默认设置）

CLKout10

LMK0461x

CLKin1

CLKout5 &

CLKout6

CLKout1 &

CLKout2

D_DA_AC_C

ADC

CLKout7 &

CLKout8

CLKout3 &

CLKout4

1

本文档旨在为方便起见，提供有关 TI 产品中文版本的信息，以确认产品的概要。有关适用的官方英文版本的最新信息，请访问 www.ti.com，其内容始终优先。 TI 不保证翻译的准确

性和有效性。在实际设计之前，请务必参考最新版本的英文版本。

English Data Sheet: SNAS663

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

7.20 Typical Characteristics.......................................... 19

Parameter Measurement Information ................ 21

8.1 Differential Voltage Measurement Terminology ..... 21

8.2 Output Termination Scheme ................................... 21

Detailed Description ............................................ 23

9.1 Overview ................................................................. 23

9.2 Functional Block Diagram ....................................... 25

9.3 Feature Description................................................. 26

9.4 Device Functional Modes........................................ 55

9.5 Programming........................................................... 57

9.6 Register Maps......................................................... 59

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

特性.......................................................................... 1

应用.......................................................................... 1

说明.......................................................................... 1

修订历史记录 ........................................................... 2

Device Comparison Table..................................... 5

Pin Configuration and Functions......................... 5

Specifications......................................................... 8

7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings ...................................... 8

7.2 ESD Ratings.............................................................. 8

7.3 Recommended Operating Conditions....................... 8

7.4 Thermal Information.................................................. 9

8

9

10 Application and Implementation...................... 122

10.1 Application Information........................................ 122

10.2 Typical Application .............................................. 123

10.3 Do's and Don'ts................................................... 125

11 Power Supply Recommendations ................... 126

11.1 Recommended Power Supply Connection ......... 126

7.5 Digital Input and Output Characteristics (CLKin_SEL,

STATUSx, SYNC, RESETN) ................................... 10

7.6 Clock Input Characteristics (CLKinX)...................... 10

7.7 Clock Input Characteristics (OSCin) ....................... 11

7.8 PLL1 Specification Characteristics ......................... 12

7.9 PLL2 Specification Characteristics ......................... 12

7.10 Clock Output Type Characteristics (CLKoutX)...... 13

7.11 Oscillator Output Characteristics (OSCout) .......... 14

11.2 Current Consumption / Power Dissipation

Calculations............................................................ 126

12 Layout................................................................. 127

12.1 Layout Guidelines ............................................... 127

12.2 Layout Example .................................................. 128

13 器件和文档支持 ................................................... 129

13.1 器件支持 ............................................................. 129

13.2 接收文档更新通知 ............................................... 129

13.3 社区资源.............................................................. 129

13.4 商标..................................................................... 129

13.5 静电放电警告....................................................... 129

13.6 Glossary.............................................................. 129

14 机械、封装和可订购信息..................................... 129

7.12 Jitter and Phase Noise Characteristics for CLKoutX

and OSCout ............................................................. 15

7.13 Clock Output Skew and Isolation Characteristics . 16

7.14 Clock Output Delay Characteristics ...................... 16

7.15 DEFAULT POWER on RESET CLOCK OUTPUT

Characteristics ......................................................... 16

7.16 Power Supply Characteristics ............................... 17

7.17 Typical Power Supply Noise Rejection

Characteristics ......................................................... 17

7.18 SPI Interface Timing ............................................. 18

7.19 Timing Diagram..................................................... 18

4 修订历史记录

Changes from Revision A (May 2017) to Revision B

Page

•

删除了双环路 PLL 架构特性要点下的项目列表 ..................................................................................................................... 1

添加了超低噪声特性要点 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1

将 VCO 频率单位从“5.8GHz 至 6.175GHz”更改为“5870MHz 至 6175MHz”.......................................................................... 1

Changed VCO frequency from: 5800 MHz to: 5870 MHz...................................................................................................... 5

Added PACKAGE column to device configuration information table ..................................................................................... 5

Added Footnote and link to LMK04610 datasheet ................................................................................................................ 5

Added OSCout polarity information to the OSCout/OSCout* pin description ........................................................................ 6

Changed PLL1 phase detector maximum frequency from 40 MHz to 4 MHz ..................................................................... 12

Changed VCO tuning range minimum from: 5800 to: 5870................................................................................................. 12

Changed V_ODsymbol to V_OD,ppto match mVpp units. .......................................................................................................... 13

Changed V_ODsymbol to V_OD,ppto match mVpp units. ......................................................................................................... 14

Added content to the HSDS 4/6/8mA section ..................................................................................................................... 21

Added content to the HCSL section .................................................................................................................................... 22

Changed the VCXO Buffered Output section ...................................................................................................................... 23

Changed VCO frequency to 5870 MHz to 6175 MHz and updated max output frequency to 2058 MHz ........................... 24

Added content to the Programmable Output Formats section ............................................................................................ 24

2

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

修订历史记录 (接下页)

•

Changed HSDS to LVPECL With Bias Voltage Vb graphic caption..................................................................................... 33

Changed HCSL to LVPECL graphic..................................................................................................................................... 33

Changed HSDS to LVPECL With Bias Voltage Vb graphic caption..................................................................................... 34

Changed HSDS to LVPECL graphic .................................................................................................................................... 34

Added content to the OSCout section ................................................................................................................................. 37

Added OSCin to OSCout differential results in clock inversion from OSCin to OSCout. .................................................... 37

Added Note to use TICS Pro EVM tool to calculate SDPLL loop filter values..................................................................... 40

Changed PLL1_PROP max from 255 to 127. ..................................................................................................................... 40

Added PLL1_PROP_FL to table. ......................................................................................................................................... 40

Changed PLL1_INTG and PLL1_INTG_FL settings for specific case examples. ............................................................... 40

Changed PLL1_FBCLK_INV and CLKinx_PLL1_INV for Low Pulse mode......................................................................... 41

Changed PLL1_FBCLK_INV and CLKinx_PLL1_INV for High Pulse mode ....................................................................... 41

Deleted higher order poles information ................................................................................................................................ 41

Added C3 maximum capacitance recommendation ............................................................................................................ 41

Deleted Examples of PLL1 Setting....................................................................................................................................... 41

Changed the tuning range of the oscillator from: 5800 MHz to: 5870 MHz ......................................................................... 43

Added PLL2 DLD programming information and updated the PLLx DLD flowchart graphic .............................................. 44

Changed PLL1_STORAGE_CELL description from 40-bit thermometer code to 6-bit decimal value ................................ 47

Clarified CTRL_VCXO represented as PLL1_STORAGE_CELL value .............................................................................. 47

Changed section from: Low Skew Mode to: Zero Delay Mode (ZDM) ................................................................................ 52

Changed CLKout7 to CLKout6 and CLKout8 to CLKout9 for zero delay feedback clocks. ................................................ 52

Changed Set Prop/Store-CP from "fast lock" value to "non-fast lock" value at end of flowchart......................................... 54

Deleted references to tunable crystal .................................................................................................................................. 55

Deleted use of external VCO for PLL2................................................................................................................................. 55

Added register 0x85, 0x86, 0xF6, and 0xAD for PLL2 DLD to recommended programming sequence ............................. 58

Changed PLL1_PROP from 8 bit to 7 bit field in register map ............................................................................................ 61

Changed PLL1_PROP_FL from 8 bit to 7 bit field in register map ..................................................................................... 61

Changed PLL1_STORAGE_CELL 40 bit to 6 bit field. Not a 40 bit thermometer code. Set registers 0x66, 0x67,

0x68, 0x69 to RSRVD in register map ................................................................................................................................ 61

•

Changed PLL2_PROP from 8 bit to 6 bit field in register map ............................................................................................ 62

Changed PLL2_INTG from 8 bit to 5 bit field in register map ............................................................................................. 62

Added register 0xAC for field PLL1_TSTMODE_REF_FB_EN in register map................................................................... 63

Added register 0xAD for fields RESET_PLL2_DLD, PLL2_TSTMODE_REF_FB_EN, and PD_VCO_LDO in register

map....................................................................................................................................................................................... 63

•

Added register 0xF6 for PLL2_DLD_EN in register map ..................................................................................................... 63

Changed channel 7 and 8 to channel 6 and 9 for feedback enable FBBUF_CHx_EN in register map............................... 64

Deleted unused DEVID values............................................................................................................................................. 66

Changed reset value for CHIPID from 0x1 to 0x3................................................................................................................ 66

Changed reset value for CHIPVER from 0x1 to 0x15 ......................................................................................................... 66

Changed PLL1_PROP from 8 bit to 7 bit field in register definition .................................................................................... 88

Changed PLL1_PROP_FL from 8 bit to 7 bit field in register definition .............................................................................. 88

Deleted 'PLL1 Start-up in Holdover.' text from the PLL1_STARTUP_HOLDOVER_EN bit description .............................. 89

Changed PLL2_PROP field size from 8 bits to 6 bits in register definition ......................................................................... 93

Changed PLL2_INTG field from 8 bit to 5 bit field in register 0x80 definition ...................................................................... 95

Added definition and requirement for setting PLL2_LD_WNDW_SIZE = 0 in register 0x85 definition ............................... 96

Added definition and requirement for setting PLL2_LD_WNDW_SIZE_INITIAL = 0 in register 0x86 definition.................. 96

3

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

修订历史记录 (接下页)

•

Added note for using PLL1/2 REF/FB(SYS) status output for STAT0 .............................................................................. 100

Added note for using PLL1/2 REF/FB(SYS) status output for STAT1 .............................................................................. 100

Added note for using PLL1/2 REF/FB(SYS) status output for SYNC ............................................................................... 103

Added register 0xAC to register description. New field PLL1_TSTMODE_REF_FB_EN.................................................. 104

Added register 0xAD to register description. New fields RESET_PLL2_DLD, PLL2_TSTMODE_REF_FB_EN, and

PD_VCO_LDO.................................................................................................................................................................... 104

•

Added register 0xF6 to register description. New field PLL2_DLD_EN............................................................................. 105

Added register 0xF7 to register description. New field PLL2_DUAL_LOOP_EN .............................................................. 106

Changed Channel 6 and 9 FBClock Buffers from: Low Skew to: Zero Delay Mode.......................................................... 118

Changed OUTCH8 and OUTCH7 to OUTCH9 and OUTCH6............................................................................................ 118

Changed registers for WINDOW SIZE and LOCK COUNT. Updated equation to reflect the more general WINDOW

SIZE and LOCK COUNT names and count frequency. Removed reference to holdover. Updated descriptive text ........ 122

•

Updated minimum lock time calculation example to reflect updated register names and count frequency ...................... 122

Simplified HSDS format description .................................................................................................................................. 127

Changes from Original (March 2017) to Revision A

Page

•

将文本从“–70dBc PSRR”更改为“–80dBc PSRR（在 VDDO 上）.......................................................................................... 1

将 SPI 接口默认设置从 3 线制更改为 4 线制.......................................................................................................................... 1

将 VCO 频率从“5.8GHz 至 6.2GHz”更改为“5.8GHz 至 6.175GHz”........................................................................................ 1

Changed VCO frequency from: 6200 MHz to: 6175 MHz...................................................................................................... 5

Removed tablenote from the doubler input frequency parameter........................................................................................ 12

Changed VCO tuning range maximum from: 6200 to: 6175................................................................................................ 12

Changed tablenote text from: ATE tested at 2949.12 MHz to: ATE tested at 258-MHz Phase detector frequency............ 12

Removed tablenote from the output frequency parameter................................................................................................... 14

Changed output frequency maximum from: 800 MHz to: 1000 MHz .................................................................................. 14

Added content to the Driving CLKin and OSCin Pins With a Differential Source section.................................................... 30

Updated Figure 36 ............................................................................................................................................................... 40

Changed the tuning range of the oscillator from: 6200 MHz to: 6175 MHz ......................................................................... 43

Updated Figure 48 ............................................................................................................................................................... 53

4

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

5 Device Comparison Table

Table 1. Device Configuration Information

OSCout (BUFFERED

PLL2

REFEREN

CE

INPUTS

OSCin CLOCK) AC-

LVPECL/ AC-LVDS/

LVCMOS

PROGRAMMABLE

HCSL/HSDS

OUTPUTS

PART NUMBER

VCO FREQUENCY

PACKAGE

LMK04610

LMK04616

2

4

1

10

16

5870 to 6175 MHz

VQFN-56⁽¹⁾

NFBGA-144

(1) Refer to LMK04610 datasheet.

6 Pin Configuration and Functions

ZCR Package

144-Pin NFBGA

Top View

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11

12

CLKout

14N

CLKout CLKout

13N 12N

CLKout CLKout

11N 10N

CLKout CLKout

9P 8P

OSC

INP

A

B

C

D

E

CLKout

14P

CLKout CLKout

13P

CLKout CLKout

11P 10P

CLKout CLKout

9N

OSC

INN

12P

8N

CLKout VDDO

14-15

VDDO

12-13

VDDO

10-11

VDDO

8_9

15N

CLKout

15P

CTRL

VCXO

OSC

OUTP

NC

VDD_ PLL2_V

PLL2_ COLDO

STATUS

0

PLL1_C

AP

VDD

OSC

OUTN

OSC

_CAP

PLL2_L

DO_CA

P

STATUS

1

VDD

PLL1

F

VDD_

SDIO PLL2_C

ORE

CLKin CLKin0

N

G

H

J

SCL

CLKin0P

CLKin1P

CLKin2P

SEL

VDD

CORE

VDD CLKin1

SYNC

SCS

_IO

N

CLKout

0P

RESETN

CLKout VDDO

VDDO

2-3

VDDO

4-5

VDDO

6-7

CLKin2

N

K

L

0N

0-1

CLKout

1P

CLKout CLKout

4P 5P

CLKout CLKout

6N 7P

CLKin3P

2P

3P

CLKout

1N

CLKout CLKout

2N 3N

CLKout CLKout

6P 7N

CLKin3

N

M

4N

5N

OUTPUT

CAPS

GND

OTHER

VDD

INPUT

STATUS/Control

OSCin/out

A. LMK04616

5

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Pin Functions: LMK04616⁽¹⁾

I/O

TYPE

DESCRIPTION

NAME

NO.

POWER

VDD_CORE

VDD_IO

H4

H10

E11

F9

—

P

3.3-V power supply for core

1.8-V to 3.3-V power supply for input block

VDD_OSC

VDD_PLL1

VDD_PLL2CORE

VDD_PLL2OSC

VDDO_0/1

VDDO_2/3

VDDO_4/5

VDDO_6/7

VDDO_8/9

VDDO_10/11

VDDO_12/13

VDDO_14/15

1.8-V to 3.3-V power supply for OSCout

3.3-V power supply for PLL 1

G3

E3

3.3-V power supply for PLL 2

3.3-V power supply for PLL2 VCO

K2

1.8-V to 3.3-V power supply for CLKout0 and CLKout1

1.8-V to 3.3-V power supply for CLKout2 and CLKout3

1.8-V to 3.3-V power supply for CLKout4 and CLKout5

1.8-V to 3.3-V power supply for CLKout6 and CLKout7

1.8-V to 3.3-V power supply for CLKout8 and CLKout9

1.8-V to 3.3-V power supply for CLKout10 and CLKout11

1.8-V to 3.3-V power supply for CLKout12 and CLKout13

1.8-V to 3.3-V power supply for CLKout14 and CLKout15

K5

K8

K10

C10

C8

C5

C2

A2, A5, A8, A11,

B2, B5, B8, B11,

C3, C4, C6, C7,

C9, C11, C12, D2,

D6, D7, D8, D9,

D11, E2, E5, E6,

E7, E8, E10, F2,

F3, F5, F6, F7,

F8, F10, F11, F12,

G4, G5, G6, G7,

G8, G9, H3, H5,

H6, H7, H8, H9,

J3, J4, J5, J6, J7,

J8, J9, J10, J11,

K3, K4, K6, K7,

K9, K11, L2, L5,

L8, L11, M2, M5,

M8, M11

Die attach pad.

The DAP is an electrical connection and provides a thermal dissipation path. For proper

electrical and thermal performance of the device, the DAP must be connected to the PCB

ground plane.

VSS

—

GND

PLL

CTRL_VCXO

PLL1_CAP

PLL2_LDO_CAP

D10

E9

—

Analog

VCXO control output

PLL1 LDO capacitance – 10-µF external

PLL2 LDO capacitance – 10-µF external

F4

PLL2_VCO_LDO_

CAP

E4

—

Analog

PLL2 LDO capacitance – 10-µF external

INPUT BLOCK

OSCin

A12

B12

G10

G12

G11

H12

H11

J12

Feedback to PLL1, reference input to PLL2.

Accepts both differential or single-ended (VCXO)

I

I/O

I

Analog

CMOS

Analog

OSCin*

CLKin_SEL

CLKin0

Manual reference input selection for PLL1 weak pullup resistor.

Reference clock input port 0 for PLL1.

CLKin0*

CLKin1

I

Analog

Reference clock input port 1 for PLL1.

Reference clock input port 2 for PLL1.

Reference clock input port 3 for PLL1.

CLKin1*

CLKin2

CLKin2*

K12

L12

M12

CLKin3

CLKin3*

OUTPUT BLOCK

OSCout

D12

E12

J1

Buffered output of OSCin port. When using differential output mode, OSCout polarity is

reversed from OSCin polarity.

O

Programmable

OSCout*

CLKout0

CLKout0*

Differential clock output pair 0.

K1

(1) See Pin Connection Recommendations section for recommended connections.

6

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Pin Functions: LMK04616⁽¹⁾(continued)

I/O

O

TYPE

DESCRIPTION

NAME

NO.

L1

CLKout1

CLKout1*

CLKout2

CLKout2*

CLKout3

CLKout3*

CLKout4

CLKout4*

CLKout5

CLKout5*

CLKout6

CLKout6*

CLKout7

CLKout7*

CLKout8

CLKout8*

CLKout9

CLKout9*

CLKout10

CLKout10*

CLKout11

CLKout11*

CLKout12

CLKout12*

CLKout13

CLKout13*

CLKout14

CLKout14*

CLKout15

CLKout15*

Programmable

Differential clock output pair 1.

Differential clock output pair 2.

Differential clock output pair 3.

Differential clock output pair 4.

Differential clock output pair 5.

Differential clock output pair 6.

Differential clock output pair 7.

Differential clock output pair 8.

Differential clock output pair 9.

Differential clock output pair 10.

Differential clock output pair 11.

Differential clock output pair 12.

Differential clock output pair 13.

Differential clock output pair 14.

Differential clock output pair 15.

M1

L3

M3

L4

M4

L6

M6

L7

M7

M9

L9

L10

M10

A10

B10

A9

B9

B7

A7

B6

A6

B4

A4

B3

A3

B1

A1

D1

C1

DIGITAL CONTROL / INTERFACES

NC

D3, D4, D5

—

I

Analog

CMOS

Do not connect.

RESETN

SCL

J2

G1

H2

G2

E1

F1

Device reset input

I

SPI serial clock.

SCS*

I

SPI serial chip select (active low).

SPI serial data input and output

SDIO

I/O

STATUS0

STATUS1

Programmable status pin. See STATUS0/1 and SYNC Pin Functions for more details.

Synchronization of output divider, definition of OSCout divider or programmable status

pin. See STATUS0/1 and SYNC Pin Functions for more details.

SYNC

H1

I/O

CMOS

7

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

7 Specifications

7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings

over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)

(1)(2)

MIN

–0.3

MAX

UNIT

V

VDD_IO

Supply voltage for input⁽³⁾

Supply voltage for digital⁽³⁾

Supply voltage for PLL1⁽³⁾

3.6

VDD_CORE

VDD_PLL1

3.6

V

3.6

V

VDD_PLL2CORE Supply voltage for PLL2 core

3.6

V

VDD_PLL2OSC

VDD_OSC

VDDO_x

Supply voltage for PLL2 OSC⁽³⁾

Supply voltage for OSCout⁽³⁾

Supply voltage for CLKoutX

3.6

V

3.6

V

V_{IN_clk}

Input voltage for CLKinX and OSCin⁽³⁾

(V_{DD_IO}+ 0.3)

V

Input voltage for digital and status pins (CLKin_SEL, SCK, SDIO,

SCS*, STATUSx, SYNC, RESETN)

V_{IN_gpio}

–0.3

2.1

V

T_L

Lead temperature (solder 4 s)

Junction temperature

Input current

+260

125

20

°C

T_J

I_IN

mA

MSL

T_stg

Moisture sensitivity level

Storage temperature

3

–65

150

°C

(1) Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings

only, which do not imply functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Recommended

Operating Conditions. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.

(2) Stresses in excess of the absolute maximum ratings can cause permanent or latent damage to the device. These are absolute stress

ratings only. Functional operation of the device is only implied at these or any other conditions in excess of those given in the operation

sections of the data sheet. Exposure to absolute maximum ratings for extended periods can adversely affect device reliability.

(3) Never to exceed 3.6 V.

7.2 ESD Ratings

VALUE

±2000

±250

UNIT

Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001⁽²⁾

Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101⁽³⁾

Machine model

Electrostatic

discharge⁽¹⁾

V_(ESD)

V

±150

(1) This device is a high performance RF integrated circuit with an ESD rating up to 2-kV human-body model, up to 150-V machine model,

and up to 250-V charged-device model and is ESD sensitive. Handling and assembly of this device should only be done at ESD-free

workstations.

(2) JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.

(3) JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.

7.3 Recommended Operating Conditions

over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)

MIN

NOM

MAX UNIT

T_J

Junction temperature

125

85

°C

V

T_A

Ambient temperature

–40

25

T_PCB

PCB temperature (measured at thermal pad)

Supply voltage for input

105

VDD_IO

1.7

3.135

1.7

1.8 3.465

3.3 3.465

1.8 3.465

VDD_CORE

VDD_PLL1

VDD_PLL2CORE

VDD_PLL2OSC

VDD_OSC

VDDO_x

Supply voltage for digital

V

Supply voltage for PLL1

V

Supply voltage for PLL2 Core

Supply voltage for PLL2 OSC

Supply voltage for OSCout

Supply voltage for CLKoutX

V

1.7

V

8

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

7.4 Thermal Information

LMK04616

THERMAL METRIC⁽¹⁾

ZCR (NFBGA)

176 PINS

45.0

UNIT

R_θJA

Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance⁽²⁾

°C/W

14-layer, 200-mm × 150-mm board, 144

thermal vias, airflow = 0 LFM

23.3

12.5

0.1

R_θJC(top)

Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance⁽³⁾

14-layer, 200-mm × 150-mm board, 144

thermal vias, airflow = 0 LFM

25.2

18.3

0.2

R_θJB

Junction-to-board thermal resistance⁽⁴⁾

14-layer, 200-mm × 150-mm board, 144

thermal vias, airflow = 0 LFM

ψ_JT

Junction-to-top characterization parameter⁽⁵⁾

Junction-to-board characterization parameter⁽⁶⁾

Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance⁽⁷⁾

8-layer, 200-mm × 150-mm board, 21

thermal vias, airflow = 0 LFM

27.7

24.9

0.1

ψ_JB

8-layer, 200-mm × 150-mm board, 21

thermal vias, airflow = 0 LFM

n/a

R_θJC(bot)

8-layer, 200-mm × 150-mm board, 21

thermal vias, airflow = 0 LFM

21.5

(1) For more information about traditional and new thermal metrics, see the IC Package Thermal Metrics application report.

(2) The junction-to-ambient thermal resistance under natural convection is obtained in a simulation on a JEDEC-standard, High-K board, as

specified in JESD51-7, in an environment described in JESD51-2a.

(3) The junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance is obtained by simulating a cold plate test on the package top. No specific JEDEC-

standard test exists, but a close description can be found in the ANSI SEMI standard G30-88.

(4) The junction-to-board thermal resistance is obtained by simulating in an environment with a ring cold plate fixture to control the PCB

temperature, as described in JESD51-8.

(5) The junction-to-top characterization parameter, Ψ_JT, estimates the junction temperature of a device in a real system and is extracted

from the simulation data for obtaining R_θJA, using a procedure described in JESD51-2a (sections 6 and 7).

(6) The junction-to-board characterization parameter, Ψ_JBestimates the junction temperature of a device in a real system and is extracted

from the simulation data for obtaining R_θJA, using a procedure described in JESD51-2a (sections 6 and 7).

(7) The junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance is obtained by simulating a cold plate test on the exposed (power) pad. No specific

JEDEC standard test exists, but a close description can be found in the ANSI SEMI standard G30-88.

9

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

7.5 Digital Input and Output Characteristics (CLKin_SEL, STATUSx, SYNC, RESETN)

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40°C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

MIN

TYP

MAX UNIT

High-level output voltage

(STATUSX, SYNC)

I_OH= –500 µA

1.8-V mode

V_OH

V_OL

V_OH

V_OL

1.2

1.9

0.6

1.9

0.6

V

Low-level output voltage

(STATUSX, SYNC)

I_OL= 500 µA

1.8-V mode

0

1.2

0

High-level output voltage

(SDIO)

I_OH= –500 µA during SPI read

1.8-V mode

Low-level output voltage

(SDIO)

I_OL= 500 µA during SPI read

1.8-V mode

High-level input voltage

V_IH

1.3

0

1.9

V

(CLKin_SEL, STATUSX, SYNC,

RESETN, SCK, SDIO, SCS*)

Low-level input voltage

(CLKin_SEL, STATUSX, SYNC,

RESETN, SCK, SDIO, SCS*)

V_IL

0.45

V

Mid-level input voltage

(CLKin_SEL, SYNC)

V_MID

0.8

–10

10

1.0

10

High-level input current

V_IH= 1.8 V

(CLKin_SEL, RESETN)

Internal pullup

I_IH

µA

Internal pulldown

Internal pullup

60

Low-level input current

V_IL= 0 V

(CLKin_SEL, RESETN)

–60

–10

10

I_IL

µA

Internal pulldown

High-level input current (SCK, SDIO,

SCS*, SYNC)

I_IH

V_IH= 1.8 V

–10

10

Low-level input current (SCK, SDIO,

SCS*, SYNC)

I_IL

V_IL= 0

–10

25

µA

ns

t_LOW

RESETN pin held low for device reset

7.6 Clock Input Characteristics (CLKinX)

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40°C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

Clock input frequency

Differential input slew rate

TEST CONDITIONS

MIN

5

TYP

MAX UNIT

(1)

Single-ended, DC-coupled

Single-ended, AC-coupled

500

(1)

f_CLKin

5

500

600

MHz

(2)

Differential, AC-coupled

5

(3)

SLEW_DIFF

SLEW_SE

20% to 80%

0.2

0.1

6

3

V/ns

(3)

Single-ended input slew rate

20% to 80%

DC-coupled to CLKinX;

CLKinX* AC-coupled to Ground

0.5

3.3

V_CLKin

Single-ended input voltage

Vpp

AC-coupled to CLKinX;

CLKinX* AC-coupled to Ground

(1) See Driving CLKin and OSCin Pins With a Single-Ended Source.

(2) See Driving CLKin and OSCin Pins With a Differential Source.

(3) To meet the jitter performance listed in the subsequent sections of this data sheet, the minimum recommended differential slew rate for

all input clocks is 3 V/ns; this is especially true for single-ended clocks. Phase noise performance begins to degrade as the clock input

slew rate is reduced. However, the device functions at slew rates down to the minimum listed. When compared to single-ended clocks,

differential clocks (LVDS, LVPECL) are less susceptible to degradation in phase noise performance at lower slew rates due to their

common mode noise rejection. However, TI also recommends using the highest possible slew rate for differential clocks to achieve

optimal phase noise performance at the device outputs.

10

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Clock Input Characteristics (CLKinX) (continued)

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40°C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

MIN

TYP

MAX UNIT

(4)

Peak-to-peak differential input voltage

See Figure 9

V_ID,pp

IDC

AC-coupled

0.4

3.3

Vpp

Input duty cycle

45%

50%

55%

No LOS state change with single-

ended, peak-to-peak input voltage

noise injects to either CLKinX or

CLKinX* or to both in phase.

Measured with 1-MHz sinusoidal

signal

Rejected input voltage noise during LOS

condition

V_Noise

40

mV

(4) See Differential Voltage Measurement Terminology for definition of V_IDand V_ODvoltages.

7.7 Clock Input Characteristics (OSCin)

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40°C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

MIN

10

TYP

MAX UNIT

(2)

Single-ended, AC-coupled

300

MHz

600

(1)

f_OSCin

PLL2 reference input

(3)

Differential, AC-coupled

10

SLEW_DIFF

SLEW_SE

Differential input slew rate⁽⁴⁾

Single-ended input slew rate⁽⁴⁾

20% to 80%

0.2

0.1

6

3

V/ns

AC-coupled to OSCin;

OSCin* AC-coupled to Ground

V_OSCin

Single-ended input voltage

0.5

3.3

Vpp

Peak-to-peak differential input voltage⁽⁵⁾

See Figure 9

V_ID,pp

IDC

AC-coupled

0.4

3.3

Input duty cycle

45%

50%

55%

(1) F_OSCinmaximum frequency assured by characterization. Production tested at 122.88 MHz.

(2) See Driving CLKin and OSCin Pins With a Single-Ended Source.

(3) See Driving CLKin and OSCin Pins With a Differential Source.

(4) To meet the jitter performance listed in the subsequent sections of this data sheet, the minimum recommended differential slew rate for

all input clocks is 3 V/ns; this is especially true for single-ended clocks. Phase noise performance begins to degrade as the clock input

slew rate is reduced. However, the device functions at slew rates down to the minimum listed. When compared to single-ended clocks,

differential clocks (LVDS, LVPECL) are less susceptible to degradation in phase noise performance at lower slew rates due to their

common mode noise rejection. However, TI also recommends using the highest possible slew rate for differential clocks to achieve

optimal phase noise performance at the device outputs.

(5) See Differential Voltage Measurement Terminology for definition of V_IDand V_ODvoltages.

11

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

7.8 PLL1 Specification Characteristics

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40°C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

MIN

TYP

MAX UNIT

f_PD1

PLL1 phase detector frequency

CTRL_VCXO tune voltage

4

MHz

V

V_TUNE

0

3.3

PLL 1/f noise at 10-kHz offset.

Normalized to 1 GHz output

frequency.

10-Hz loop bandwidth

–130

–131

PN10kHz

dBc/Hz

(1)

300-Hz loop bandwidth

BW_min

BW_max

Minimum PLL1 bandwidth

Maximum PLL1 bandwidth

3

Hz

300

Measured with PLL1 only. PLL1

Bandwidth set to 50 Hz. PLL1 PFD

update frequency 1 MHz.

PFD_spur

PLL1 PFD update spur

–150

–100 dBc/Hz

(1) A specification in modeling PLL in-band phase noise is the 1/f flicker noise, L_{PLL_flicker}(f), which is dominant close to the carrier. Flicker

noise has a 10 dB/decade slope. PN10kHz is normalized to a 10-kHz offset and a 1-GHz carrier frequency. PN10kHz = L_{PLL_flicker}(10

kHz) – 20log(F_out/ 1 GHz), where L_{PLL_flicker}(f) is the single side band phase noise of only the flicker noise's contribution to total noise,

L(f). To measure L_{PLL_flicker}(f) it is important to be on the 10 dB/decade slope close to the carrier. A high compare frequency and a clean

crystal are important to isolating this noise source from the total phase noise, L(f). L_{PLL_flicker}(f) can be masked by the reference

oscillator performance if a low power or noisy source is used. The total PLL in-band phase noise performance is the sum of L_{PLL_flicker}(f)

and L_{PLL_flat}(f).

7.9 PLL2 Specification Characteristics

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40°C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

MIN

TYP

MAX UNIT

EN_PLL2_REF_2X = 1⁽¹⁾

OSCin duty cycle 40% to 60%

;

f_{doubler_max}

f_PD2

Doubler input frequency

125

250

MHz

(2)

Phase detector frequency

PLL 1/f noise at 10-kHz offset.⁽³⁾

Normalized to

1-GHz output frequency

PN10kHz

f_VCO

400-kHz loop bandwidth

–120

dBc/Hz

MHz

°C

VCO tuning range

5870

6175

145

After programming for lock, no changes

to output configuration are permitted to

assure continuous lock

Allowable temperature drift for

continuous lock⁽⁴⁾

|ΔT_CL

|

BW_min

BW_max

Minimum PLL2 bandwidth

Maximum PLL2 bandwidth

90

kHz

1000

(1) The EN_PLL2_REF_2X bit enables/disables a frequency doubler mode for the PLL2 OSCin path.

(2) Assured by characterization. ATE tested at 258-MHz Phase detector frequency.

(3) A specification in modeling PLL in-band phase noise is the 1/f flicker noise, L_{PLL_flicker}(f), which is dominant close to the carrier. Flicker

noise has a 10 dB/decade slope. PN10kHz is normalized to a 10-kHz offset and a 1-GHz carrier frequency. PN10kHz = L_{PLL_flicker}(10

kHz) – 20log(_Fout/ 1 GHz), where L_{PLL_flicker}(f) is the single side band phase noise of only the flicker noise's contribution to total noise,

L(f). To measure L_{PLL_flicker}(f) it is important to be on the 10 dB/decade slope close to the carrier. A high compare frequency and a clean

crystal are important to isolating this noise source from the total phase noise, L(f). L_{PLL_flicker}(f) can be masked by the reference

oscillator performance if a low power or noisy source is used. The total PLL in-band phase noise performance is the sum of L_{PLL_flicker}(f)

and L_{PLL_flat}(f).

(4) Maximum Allowable Temperature Drift for Continuous Lock is how far the temperature can drift in either direction from the value and still

have the part stay in lock; this implies the part will work over the entire frequency range. However, if the temperature drifts more than

the maximum allowable drift for continuous lock, it will be necessary to reload the appropriate register to ensure it stays in lock.

Regardless of what temperature the part was initially programmed at, the temperature must never drift outside the frequency range of

–40°C to 105°C without violating specifications.

12

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

7.10 Clock Output Type Characteristics (CLKoutX)⁽¹⁾

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40°C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

4-mA HSDS

MIN

TYP

MAX UNIT

1000

6-mA HSDS

1500

MHz

2000

f_CLKout

Output frequency

8-mA HSDS

16-mA HCSL

4-mA HSDS

1500

55%

60%

55%

45%

40%

45%

50%

6-mA HSDS

ODC

Output duty cycle

8-mA HSDS

8-mA HSDS, >1.5 GHz

16-mA HCSL

50%

148

164

148

73

4-mA HSDS

245.76 MHz, 20%

to 80%,

R_L= 100 Ω

6-mA HSDS

8-mA HSDS

16-mA HCSL

4-mA HSDS

6-mA HSDS

8-mA HSDS

16-mA HCSL

T_R

Output rise time

ps

149

163

146

74

245.76 MHz, 80%

to 20%,

R_L= 100 Ω

T _F

Output fall time

ps

4-mA HSDS

6-mA HSDS

8-mA HSDS

16-mA HSCL

4-mA HSDS

6-mA HSDS

8-mA HSDS

16-mA HSCL

4-mA HSDS

6-mA HSDS

8-mA HSDS

16-mA HSCL

4-mA HSDS

6-mA HSDS

8-mA HSDS

16-mA HCSL

0.5

0.72

0.75

0.1

0.75

1.06

V

V_OH

Output high voltage

Output low voltage

Differential output voltage

1.3

1.04

0.18

0.15

0.17

0.0

0.26

V

V_OL

0.31

0.05

mVpp

15

958

1380

1544

1807

V_OD,pp

–15

–20

–90

–15

20

Change in V_ODfor complementary

output states

ΔV_OD

mVpp

115

15

(1) See test load description in Output Termination Scheme.

13

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

7.11 Oscillator Output Characteristics (OSCout)

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40°C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

2-pF load, 1.8-V LVCMOS⁽²⁾

4-mA HSDS⁽²⁾

MIN

TYP

MAX UNIT

200

1000

MHz

1000

(1)

f_CLKout

Output frequency

8-mA HSDS⁽²⁾

16-mA HCSL⁽²⁾

400

55%

2-pF load, 1.8-V LVCMOS

4-mA HSDS

45%

50%

156

ODC

Output duty cycle

8-mA HSDS

16-mA HCSL

20% to 80%, C_L= 2 pF, 1.8 V LVCMOS

80% to 20%, C_L= 2 pF, 1.8 V LVCMOS

273

< 300 MHz, 20 % to 80 %, R_L= 100 Ω,

4-mA HSDS

176

152

183

300

> 300 MHz, 20 % to 80 %, R_L= 100

Ω, 4-mA HSDS

T_R/ T _F

Output rise/fall time

ps

< 300 MHz, 20% to 80%, R_L= 100 Ω, 8-

mA HSDS

300

> 300 MHz, 20 % to 80 %, R_L= 100 Ω,

8-mA HSDS

138

135

20 % to 80 %, R_L= 100 Ω, 16-mA HCSL

1-mA load, 1.8-V LVCMOS

4-mA HSDS

1.44

0.46

0.82

0.61

0.7

V

V_OH

Output high voltage

8-mA HSDS

1.19

16-mA HCSL

0.89

0.36

1-mA load, 1.8-V LVCMOS

4-mA HSDS

0.1

0.22

V

V_OL

Output low voltage

8-mA HSDS

0.11

0.24

16-mA HCSL

0.02

775

1548

1360

–25

26

0.06

950

4-mA HSDS

600

1240

1000

V_OD,pp

Differential output voltage

8-mA HSDS

mVpp

16-mA HCSL

I_OH

I_OL

Output high current (source)

Output low current (sink)

V_OUT= 2 pF to GND, 1.8-V LVCMOS

DC-Coupled, 4-mA HSDS

DC-Coupled, 8-mA HSDS

DC-Coupled, 16-mA HCSL

I_OUTat V_OUT= 0.9 V

mA

0.1

0.3

0.34

0.55

0.34

67

0.45

V_OX

Output common mode

Output impedance

0.7

V

R_OUT

Ω

(1) OSCout Divider maximum input frequency is 1.5 GHz.

(2) See test load description in Output Termination Scheme.

14

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

7.12 Jitter and Phase Noise Characteristics for CLKoutX and OSCout

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40°C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

HSDS 4 mA

MIN

TYP

–166

–165

MAX UNIT

HSDS 6 mA

HSDS 8 mA

Noise floor

20-MHz offset

HCSL 16 mA

L(f)_{CLKout/OSCout}NF

122.88 MHz

dBc/Hz

≤ 100-Hz loop bandwidth for PLL1

400-kHz loop bandwidth for

PLL2⁽¹⁾

OSCout, HSDS 4

mA

–161

OSCout, HSDS 8

mA

OSCout, LVCMOS

HSDS 4 mA

–156

–151

Noise floor with analog delay

enabled

20-MHz offset

≤ 100-Hz loop bandwidth for PLL1

400-kHz loop bandwidth for

PLL2⁽¹⁾

HSDS 6 mA

122.88 MHz,

maximum analog

delay setting

L(f)_CLKoutNF,ADLY

dBc/Hz

HSDS 8 mA

HCSL 16 mA

–151

Offset = 100 Hz

Offset = 1 kHz

Offset = 10 kHz

Offset = 100 kHz

Offset = 800 kHz

Offset = 1 MHz

–97

–126

–139

–147

–158

–159

–166

–165

–97

SSB phase noise⁽²⁾

122.88-MHz output frequency

≤ 100-Hz loop bandwidth for PLL1

L(f)_CLKoutPN

dBc/Hz

400-kHz loop bandwidth for PLL2

(1) (3)

HSDS 8 mA

HCSL 16 mA

Offset = 10 MHz

Offset = 100 Hz

Offset = 1 kHz

Offset = 10 kHz

Offset = 100 kHz

Offset = 1 MHz

Offset = 10 MHz

SSB phase noise

122.88-MHz output frequency

≤ 100-Hz loop bandwidth for PLL1

–136

–148

–157

–160

160

L(f)_OSCoutPN

dBc/Hz

fs rms

400-kHz loop bandwidth for PLL2

(1) (3)

HSDS 4 mA

HSDS 8 mA

f_CLKout= 122.88 MHz

Integrated RMS jitter

≤ 100-Hz loop bandwidth for PLL1

HSDS 8 mA, BW = 100 Hz to 20 MHz

HSDS 8 mA, BW = 10 kHz to 20 MHz

HCSL 16 mA, BW = 100 Hz to 20 MHz

HCSL 16 mA, BW = 10 kHz to 20 MHz

75

J_CLKout

160

400-kHz loop bandwidth for PLL2

(1) (4)

75

(1) VCXO used is a 122.88-MHz Crystek CVHD-950-122.880.

(2) Phase noise is defined in dual-loop mode and in single PLL mode if OSCin is used as the ref input.

(3) The input is configured to either a full swing AC-coupled, single-ended signal or a LVDS like AC-coupled differential signal. The input

frequency is 122.88 MHz. VDD_IN is at 1.8 V.

(4) PLL1 and PLL2 settings optimized to meet multicarrier GSM phase-noise specifications. For RMS jitter optimized settings, see PLL1 and

PLL2.

15

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

7.13 Clock Output Skew and Isolation Characteristics

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40°C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

MIN

TYP

MAX UNIT

Same format, after SYNC

F_CLK= 245.76 MHz, R_L= 100 Ω, AC-coupled

Maximum CLKoutX to

CLKoutY

|T_SKEW

|

60

95

|ps|

Buffer mode

fin=fout=122.88 MHz

CLKout0_TYPE = HSDS 8 mA

t_PDCLKin0_

CLKoutX

Absolute propagation delay

from CLKin0 to CLKout0

3

ns

CLKout2 = 7.68 MHz (SYSref, HSDS 8 mA,

aggressor)

CLKout3 = 122.88 MHz (DeviceClk, HSDS 8

mA, victim)

isolation_SYSref-

_DeviceCLKtyp

Isolation between a SYSref

signal to a DeviceClk signal⁽¹⁾

–94

dBc

CLKoutX = 153.6 MHz (HSDS 8 mA,

aggressor)

CLKoutY = 122.88 MHz (HSDS 8 mA, victim)

Isolation between 2 adjacent

CLKout channels⁽¹⁾

isolation_CLKoutXtyp

–70

–99

–80

dBc

OSCout = 30.72 MHz (HSDS 8 mA,

aggressor)

CLKoutY = 122.88 MHz (HSDS 8 mA, victim)

isolation_OSCout-

_CLKouttyp

Isolation between OSCout and

CLKoutX channels⁽¹⁾

PLL2 PFD update frequency = 122.88 MHz

(aggressor)

CLKoutX = 491.52 MHz (HSDS 8 mA, victim)

Isolation between PLL2 PFD

update and CLKoutX

channels⁽¹⁾

isolation_PLL2PFD-

_DeviceCLKtyp

PLL2 PFD update frequency = 122.88 MHz

(aggressor)

CLKoutX = 1228.8 MHz (HSDS 8 mA, victim)

(1) Isolation in the victim channel is measured at aggressor frequency in power spectrum relative to the carrier (victim). Measured with

< 100-Hz resolution bandwidth. Internal LDO must be enabled.

7.14 Clock Output Delay Characteristics

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40°C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

MIN

TYP

MAX UNIT

f_ADLYmax

Maximum analog delay frequency

1^stAnalog delay step size

Analog delay step size variation

200

MHz

ps

tstep_ADLY1st

300

66

tstep_ADLYvariation

tstep_DDLY1.47456GHz

tstep_DDLYvariation

Variation over all steps

ps

Digital delay step size at 1.47456 GHz Half-step enabled

Digital delay step size variation

339

0

ps

7.15 DEFAULT POWER on RESET CLOCK OUTPUT Characteristics

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40 °C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

MIN

TYP

MAX UNIT

SYNC pin pulled Low at start up

VCXO used is a 122.88-MHz

Crystek CVHD-950-122.880

Default OSCout clock frequency at device

power on after RESETN = 1

f_{CLKout-startup}

122.88

MHz

(1) (2)

(1) Assured by characterization. ATE tested at 122.88 MHz.

(2) OSCout will oscillate at start-up at the frequency of the VCXO attached to OSCin port. All other outputs are disabled.

16

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

7.16 Power Supply Characteristics

3.135 V < VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE < 3.465 V;

1.7 V < VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDO_x < 3.465 V; –40°C < T_A< 85°C and T_PCB≤ 105°C. Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC,

VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended

Operating Conditions and are not assured.

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

MIN

TYP

MAX UNIT

I_{DD_PD}

Power-down supply current

12

20

mA

16 HSDS 8-mA clocks enabled at 122.88

MHz

OSCout disabled, LOS disabled, Delays

disabled

PLL1 and PLL2 locked.

122.88 MHz at CLKin0 and 122.88-MHz

VCXO

1050

970

1200

mW

Total power consumption for

LMK04616⁽¹⁾

P_Total

16 HSDS 4-mA clocks enabled at 122.88

MHz

OSCout disabled, LOS disabled, analog

and digital delay used on SYSREF

PLL1 and PLL2 locked.

1100

mW

122.88 MHz at CLKin0 and 122.88-MHz

VCXO

I_{DDO_X}

CLKoutX supply current

IO supply current

See P_TotalTest Condition (HSDS 8-mA)

39.2

5.3

42.8

8.4

mA

I_DDIO

I_{DD_PLL1}

I_{DD_PLL2CORE}

I_{DD_PLL2OSC}

I_{DD_CORE}

I_{DD_OSC}

PLL1 supply current

PLL2 core supply current

PLL2 OSC supply current

Core supply current

OSC supply current

14.8

45.5

60.7

22.5

3.2

16.1

52.0

64.9

28.6

4.1

(1) See applications section Power Supply Recommendations for Icc for specific part configuration and how to calculate Icc for a specific

design.

7.17 Typical Power Supply Noise Rejection Characteristics

Typical values at VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE = 3.3 V, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC,

VDDOx = 1.8 V, T_A= 25°C, at the Recommended Operating Conditions and are not assured. Sinusoidal noise injected in

either of the following supply nodes: VDD_PLL2OSC, VDD_PLL1, VDD_PLL2CORE, VDD_CORE, VDD_IO, VDD_OSC, or

VDDOx

TEST

CONDITION

VDD_PLL2 VDD_PLL2

VDD_OSC/

VDD_IO

PARAMETER

VDD_PLL1

VDD_CORE

–104

n/a

VDDOx

UNIT

OSC

CORE

PSNR_10kHz

10-kHz spur on 122.88-

MHz output

dBc

–59

–94

n/a

–108

n/a

25-mV ripple on

supply.

Single HSDS 8-

mA

PSNR_100kHz100-kHz spur on 122.88-

MHz output

dBc

–71

–87

–81

–80

–88

–81

–75

–74

–101

–90

–83

–109

–98

–84

–77

–101

–93

PSNR_500kHz500-kHz spur on 122.88-

MHz output

–87

n/a

output enabled.

PSNR_1MHz

1-MHz spur on 122.88-

MHz output

–100

–53

n/a

–88

PSNR_10kHz

10-kHz spur on 122.88-

MHz output

–100

n/a

–104

n/a

–107

–98

50-mV ripple on

supply.

Single HSDS 8-

mA output

PSNR_100kHz100-kHz spur on 122.88-

MHz output

–65

PSNR_500kHz500-kHz spur on 122.88-

MHz output

–81

–108

–104

n/a

–87

enabled.

PSNR_1MHz

1-MHz spur on 122.88-

MHz output

–94

n/a

–82

17

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

7.18 SPI Interface Timing

TEST CONDITIONS

See 图 1

MIN

10

50

25

10

30

TYP

MAX

UNIT

ns

td_s

Setup time for SDI edge to SCLK rising edge

td_H

Hold time for SDI edge from SCLK rising edge

Period of SCLK

See 图 1

ns

t_SCLK

t_HIGH

t_LOW

tc_s

ns

High width of SCLK

ns

Low width of SCLK

ns

Setup time for CS* falling edge to SCLK rising edge

ns

tc_H

Hold time for CS* rising edge from SCLK rising edge See 图 1

SCLK falling edge to valid read back data See 图 1

ns

td_v

20

ns

7.19 Timing Diagram

Each serial interface access cycle is exactly (2 + N) bytes long, where N is the number of data bytes. A frame is

initiated by asserting SCS* low. The frame ends when SCS* is de-asserted high. The first bit transferred is the

R/W bit. The next 15 bits are the register address and the remaining bits are data. For all writes, data is

committed in bytes as the 8^thdata bit of a data field is clocked in on the rising edge of SCL. If the write access is

not an even multiple of 8 clocks, the trailing data bits are not committed. On read access, data is clocked out on

the falling edge of SCL on the SDO pin.

Four-wire mode read back has the same timing as the SDIO pin.

R/W bit = 0 is for SPI write. R/W bit = 1 is for SPI read.

See Programming for more details.

SDIO

(WRITE)

D7 to D2

R/W

A14 to A0

D1

D0

td_S

td_H

SCL

tc_H

tc_S

t_HIGH

t_LOW

t_SCLK

SDIO

(Read)

D7 to

D2

D1

D0

Data valid only

during read

td_V

SCS*

图 1. SPI Timing Diagram

18

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

7.20 Typical Characteristics

7.20.1 Clock Output AC Characteristics

NOTE

These plots show performance at frequencies beyond what the part is ensured to operate

at to give the user an idea of the capabilities of the part, but they do not imply any sort of

ensured specification.

Figure 3. LMK0461x CLKout2 Phase Noise

VCO = 5898.24 MHz

Figure 2. LMK0461x CLKout2 Phase Noise

VCO = 5898.24 MHz

CLKout2 Frequency = 122.88 MHz

HSDS 8 mA

CLKout2 Frequency = 122.88 MHz

HSDS 8 mA

With PLL2 3^rdOrder Pole

Figure 4. LMK0461x CLKout2 Phase Noise

VCO = 5898.24 MHz

Figure 5. LMK0461x CLKout2 Phase Noise

VCO Frequency = 5898.24 MHz

CLKout2 Frequency = 983.04 MHz

HSDS 8 mA

CLKout2 Frequency = 245.76 MHz

HSDS 8 mA

19

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Clock Output AC Characteristics (continued)

Figure 7. LMK0461x CLKout2 Phase Noise

Figure 6. LMK0461x CLKout2 Phase Noise

VCO Frequency = 5898.24 MHz

CLKout2 Frequency = 1474.56 MHz

HSDS 8 mA

VCO Frequency = 6144 MHz

CLKout2 Frequency = 1228.8 MHz

HSDS 8 mA

Figure 8. LMK0461x CLKout2 Phase Noise

VCO Frequency = 5898.24 MHz

CLKout2 Frequency = 1966.08 MHz

HSDS 8 mA

20

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

8 Parameter Measurement Information

8.1 Differential Voltage Measurement Terminology

The differential voltage of a differential signal can be described by two different definitions, causing confusion

when reading data sheets or communicating with other engineers. This section addresses the measurement and

description of a differential signal so the reader is able to understand and distinguish between the two different

definitions when used.

The first definition used to describe a differential signal is the absolute value of the voltage potential between the

inverting and noninverting signal. The symbol for this first measurement is typically V_IDor V_OD, depending on if

an input or output voltage is being described.

The second definition used to describe a differential signal is to measure the potential of the noninverting signal

with respect to the inverting signal. The symbol for this second measurement is V_SSand is a calculated

parameter; this signal does not exist in the IC with respect to ground, it only exists in reference to its differential

pair. V_SScan be measured directly by oscilloscopes with floating references, otherwise this value can be

calculated as twice the value of V_ODas described in the first description.

Figure 9 illustrates the two different definitions side-by-side for inputs and Figure 10 illustrates the two different

definitions side-by-side for outputs. The V_IDand V_ODdefinitions show V_Aand V_BDC levels that the noninverting

and inverting signals toggle between with respect to ground. V_SSinput and output definitions show that if the

inverting signal is considered the voltage potential reference, the noninverting signal voltage potential is now

increasing and decreasing above and below the noninverting reference. Thus the peak-to-peak voltage of the

differential signal can be measured.

V_IDand V_ODare often defined as volts (V) and V_SSis often defined as volts peak-to-peak (V_PP).

V

ID

Definition

V

Definition for Input

ID

Non-Inverting Clock

V

A

B

V

IDpp

V

ID

Inverting Clock

V

= | V - V

A

|

V

= 2·V

IDpp ID

ID

B

GND

Figure 9. Two Different Definitions for

Differential Input Signals

V

Definition

V

Definition for Output

OD

Non-Inverting Clock

V

A

B

V

ODpp

V

OD

Inverting Clock

= | V - V

V

|

V

= 2·V

ODpp OD

OD

A

B

GND

Figure 10. Two Different Definitions for

Differential Output Signals

Refer to application note AN-912 Common Data Transmission Parameters and their Definitions (SNLA036) for

more information.

8.2 Output Termination Scheme

This section describes the test loads setup during device characterization.

8.2.1 HSDS 4/6/8mA

Available on CLKoutX/CLKoutX* and OSCout/OSCout*. When OSCout is programmed for differential output from

OSCin, the OSCout signal will be inverted from input.

C_PARA≤ 3 pF

21

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Output Termination Scheme (continued)

The differential transmission line impedance is 100 Ω.

Receiver

C_PARA

50 Ohm

V_TERM

Diff Microstrip

HSDS

C_PARA

Figure 11. HSDS Test and Simulation Circuit

8.2.2 HCSL

Available on CLKoutX/CLKoutX* and OSCout/OSCout*. When OSCout is programmed for differential output from

OSCin, the OSCout signal will be inverted from input..

C_PARA≤ 3 pF

The differential transmission line impedance is 100 Ω.

Receiver

C_PARA

Rs (opt.)

50 Ohm

V_TERM

Diff Microstrip ~10cm

HSCL

50 Ohm

C_PARA

Figure 12. HCSL Test and Simulation Circuit

8.2.3 LVCMOS

Available at STATUS0/1 and OSCout/OSCout*.

C_Load= 10 pF

R_Sis optional to adjust LVCMOS driver impedance to transmission line.

The transmission line impedance is 50 Ω.

High Impedance Probe

Rs (opt.)

Oscilloscope

LVCMOS

Microstrip ~10cm

C_Load

Figure 13. LVCMOS Test and Simulation Circuit

22

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9 Detailed Description

9.1 Overview

The LMK04616 device is very flexible in meeting many application requirements. The typical use case for

LMK04616 is a cascaded Dual Loop Jitter Cleaner with optional support for JESD204B.

NOTE

While the Clock outputs (CLKoutX) do not provide LVCMOS outputs, the OSCout may be

used to provide LVCMOS outputs.

In addition to dual-loop operation, by powering down various blocks, the LMK04616 may be configured for single-

loop or clock distribution modes also.

9.1.1 Jitter Cleaning

The dual-loop PLL architecture of LMK04616 provides the lowest jitter performance over a wide range of output

frequencies and phase noise integration bandwidths. The first stage PLL (PLL1) is driven by an external

reference clock and uses an external VCXO to provide a frequency accurate, low phase noise reference clock for

the second stage frequency multiplication PLL (PLL2).

PLL1 typically uses a narrow loop bandwidth (typically 10 Hz to 200 Hz) to retain the frequency accuracy of the

reference clock input signal while simultaneously suppressing the higher offset frequency phase noise that the

reference clock may have accumulated along its path or from other circuits. This cleaned reference clock

provides the reference input to PLL2.

The low phase noise reference provided to PLL2 allows PLL2 to operate with a wide loop bandwidth (typically 90

kHz to 500 kHz). The loop bandwidth for PLL2 is chosen to take advantage of the superior high offset frequency

phase noise profile of the internal VCO and the good low offset frequency phase noise of the reference VCXO.

Ultra-low jitter is achieved by allowing the external VCXO phase noise to dominate the final output phase noise

at low offset frequencies and the internal VCO’s phase noise to dominate the final output phase noise at high

offset frequencies. This results in best overall phase noise and jitter performance.

9.1.2 Four Redundant Reference Inputs (CLKin0/CLKin0*, CLKin1/CLKin1*, CLKin2/CLKin2*, and

CLKin3/CLKin3*)

The LMK04616 has four reference clock inputs for PLL1. They are CLKin0, CLKin1, CLKin2, and CLKin3. The

active clock is chosen based on CLKin_SEL_MODE. Automatic or manual switching can occur between the

inputs.

Fast manual switching between CLKin0 and CLKin1 reference clocks is possible with external pin CLKin_SEL.

9.1.3 VCXO Buffered Output

The LMK04616 provides OSCout, which by default is a buffered copy of the PLL1 feedback or PLL2 reference

input. This reference input is typically a low noise VCXO. This output can be used to clock external devices such

as microcontrollers, FPGAs, CPLDs, and so forth, before the LMK04616 is programmed.

The OSCout buffer output types are LVCMOS, HSDS, and HCSL. When using HSDS and HCSL output from

OSCin, the output will be inverted from OSCin input.

OSCout has the option to fan out a copy of PLL2 output.

9.1.4 Frequency Holdover

LMK04616 supports holdover operation for PLL1 to keep the clock outputs on frequency with minimum drift when

the reference is lost until a valid reference clock signal is re-established.

9.1.5 Integrated Programmable PLL1 and PLL2 Loop Filter

LMK04616 features programmable loop filter for PLL1 and PLL2. See PLL1 and PLL2.

23

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Overview (continued)

9.1.6 Internal VCOs

LMK04616 has an internal VCO in PLL2 with 5870 MHz to 6175 MHz tuning range. The output of the VCO is

routed through a mandatory divider (by 3, by 4, by 5, or by 6) to the Clock Distribution Path. This limits the Clock

Distribution Path frequency to 2058 MHz. This same clock is also fed back to the PLL2 phase detector through

the N-divider (feedback divider).

9.1.7 Clock Distribution

The LMK04616 features a total of 16 PLL2 clock outputs driven from one of the internal VCOs.

All PLL2 clock outputs have programmable output types. They can be programmed to HSDS or HCSL.

If OSCout is included in the total number of clock outputs the LMK04616 is able to distribute up to 17 differential

clocks.

The following sections discuss specific features of the clock distribution channels that allow the user to control

various aspects of the output clocks.

9.1.7.1 Output Clock Divider

The output divider supports a divide range of 1 to 65535 (even and odd) with 50% output duty cycle.

9.1.7.2 Output Clock Delay

The clocks include both a analog and digital delay for phase adjustment of the clock outputs.

The analog delay allows a nominal 60-ps step size and range from 0 to 1.2 ns of total delay per output. See

Analog Delay for further information.

The digital delay allows an output channel to be delayed from 1 to 255 VCO cycles. The delay step can be as

small as half the period of the clock distribution path. For example, 1.5-GHz clock distribution path frequency

results in 333-ps coarse tuning steps. The coarse (digital) delay value takes effect on the clock outputs after a

SYNC event. See Digital Delay for further information.

1. Fixed Digital Delay (per output channel) – Allows all the output channels to have a known phase relationship

upon a SYNC event. Typically performed at start-up.

2. Dynamic Digital Delay (per output) – Allows additional coarse adjustment per output.

9.1.7.3 Glitchless Half-Step and Glitchless Analog Delay

The device clocks include a features to ensure glitchless operation of the Half-Step and analog delay operations

when enabled.

9.1.7.4 Programmable Output Formats

All LMK0461x clock outputs (CLKoutX) can be programmed to an HSDS or HCSL output type. The OSCout can

be programmed to an HSDS, HCSL, or LVCMOS output type.

Any HSDS output type can be programmed to typical 800-, 1200-, or 1600-mVpp differential amplitude levels.

When OSCout is programmed for differential output from OSCin, the OSCout signal will be inverted from input.

9.1.7.5 Clock Output SYNChronization

Using the SYNC input causes all active clock outputs to share a rising edge as programmed by fixed digital

delay.

The SYNC event must occur for digital delay values to take effect.

9.1.8 Status Pins

The LMK0461x provides status pins that can be monitored for feedback or in some cases used for input,

depending upon device programming. For example:

•

Indication of the loss-of signal (LOS) for CLKinX.

Indication of the selected active clock input.

24

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Overview (continued)

•

PLL1 and PLL2 lock signal.

Holdover Status.

The status pins can be programmed to a variety of other outputs including PLL divider outputs, combined PLL

lock detect signals, readback, and so forth. See Programming for more information.

A full list of functions can be found in STATUS0/1 and SYNC Pin Functions.

9.2 Functional Block Diagram

Figure 14 illustrates the complete block diagram.

VCXO

VDD_OSC

(1.8 - 3.3 V)

VDD_PLL2CORE

(1.8 - 3.3 V)

VDD_PLL2OSC

(3.3 V)

VDD_PLL1

(3.3 V)

OSCin

CTRL_VCXO

PLL2_CAP0/1

PLL1_CAP

VDD_IO

(1.8 - 3.3 V)

P

CMOS & Diff

VDD_OSCout

OSCout

M

U

X

Input Stage

Int. Div

8 bit

DRV

M

U

X

LOS

CMOS

&

Diff

CLKin0

CLKin1

VDDO_0/1

(1.8 - 3.3 V)

SYNC & RST

P

LDO

DRV

2

CLKout0

CLKout1

DIGITAL FSM

CMOS

&

Diff

VDD1v8

VDD3v3

PLL1

LDO

1v8/1V2

LDO

3v3/2V5

DRV

M

U

X

Ref Clk

/R

0.5 V - 3.3 V

Analg

Prop-CP

CMOS

&

Diff

DIV

Ctrl_VCXO

CLKin2

CLKin3

ADC/

DAC

f

MUX

OSCin

/N

Digital

Strg-CP

DIV

CMOS

&

Diff

VDD3v3

VDD1v8

SD-PLL2

LC-VCO

LDO

3v3/2v5

LDO

1v8/1V2

VDDO_6/7

(1.8 - 3.3 V)

DRV

INIT &

RESET

Clock

Control

SYNC & RST

BIASING

P

LDO

DRV

CLKin_SEL

controls CLKin0/1 only

x2

M

U

X

CLKout6

CLKout7

REF

PRE

SCALER

DIVIDER

Prop

(Digital Control)

/R

DIV

REF

f

(Digital

Control)

DRV

Storage

/ N

DIV

Intgrl

DRV

VDDO_8/9

(1.8 - 3.3 V)

REF

VDD_CORE

(3.3 V)

Control Voltage

Supplies / BGAP / POR

SYNC & RST

P

LDO

DRV

CLKout8

CLKout9

DRV

SYNC & SYSREF_REQ

Generation

Async SYSREF_REQ

Async SYNC

Input Stage

Clock

Control

Syncd SYNC

SDIO

Boot-Up

Holdover

SCL

SS

Device

Configuration

Registers

(PLL1/PLL2 Status & Test)

VDDO_14/15

(1.8 - 3.3 V)

Output

Channels

JESD204B

SYNC

SYNC & RST

P

LDO

DRV

(Digital Status & Debug)

RESET

SYNC

CLKout14

CLKout15

Digital

Device Control

and Status

DRV

STATUS1

(LVCMOS)

STATUS0

(LVCMOS)

Figure 14. Detailed LMK04616 Block Diagram

25

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.3 Feature Description

9.3.1 Reference Inputs (CLKin0/CLKin0*, CLKin1/CLKin1*, CLKin2/CLKin2*, and CLKin3/CLKin3*)

External VCXO

VDD_IO

Divider implemented in

PLL1

LOS

R div

8 bit

CLKin0

R div

8 bit

CLKin1

PLL1

R div

8 bit

CLKin2

R div

8 bit

CLKin3

PLL2

Digital Logic

- Input Priority Switching

- Pin Select

- LOS detection

CLKin_SEL

STATUS_0

Holdover Counter

0 to 200 ms

External VCXO

Figure 15. LMk04616 Clock Input Block

9.3.1.1 Input Clock Switching

Manual, pin select, and priority or automatic are three different kinds clock input switching modes can be set with

the CLKIN_SEL_MODE register.

Below is information about how the active input clock is selected and what causes a switching event in the

various clock input selection modes.

9.3.1.1.1 Input Clock Switching – Register Select Mode

When CLKIN_SEL_MODE = 2 then CLKin0, CLKin1, CLKin2, or CLKin3 is selected through register control

(SW_REFINSEL[3:0]).

If holdover is entered in this mode, then the device will relock to the selected CLKinX upon holdover exit.

Table 2. Active Clock Input – Register Select Mode (SW_REFINSEL[3:0])

SW_REFINSEL[3:0]

0001b

ACTIVE CLOCK (LMK04616)

CLKin0

CLKin1

CLKin2

CLKin3

0010b

0100b

1000b

26

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.3.1.1.2 Input Clock Switching – Pin Select Mode (CLKin_SEL, STATUS0)

When CLKIN_SEL_MODE = 1, the CLKin_SEL pin selects which clock input is active. In LMK04616,

CLKIN_SEL_MODE = 1 forces STATUS0 to be CLKIN_SEL0.

9.3.1.1.2.1 Configuring Pin Select Mode

The CLKinSEL1_INV bit inverts the polarity of CLKin_SEL and STATUS0 input pins.

Table 3 lists which input clock is active depending on CLKin_SEL state.

Table 3. Active Clock Input – Pin Select Mode (CLKin_SEL, STATUS0), CLKinSEL_INV = 0

PIN CLKin_SEL

PIN STATUS0

Low

ACTIVE CLOCK

CLKin0

Low

High

CLKin1

Low

CLKin2

High

CLKin3

9.3.1.1.3 Input Clock Switching – Automatic Mode

When CLKINSEL1_MODE = 0, the input clock switching is in Automatic mode. The priority of each input clock

can be individually set by programming CLKINx_PRIO[3:0] as shown in Table 4:

Table 4. Clock Input Priority Selection

CLKINx_PRIO[3:0]

0000b

CLKINx

Disabled

0001b

Priority 1 (Highest)

Priority 2 (High)

Priority 3 (Low)

Priority 4 (Lowest)

0010b

0100b

1000b

SPACER

NOTE

Equal priority setting for two CLKINx inputs are not allowed.

The clock inputs in this mode are monitored by on-chip LOS detection circuits. The device reads the priority bits

at start-up and locks to the input clock with highest priority. In the event of input clock loss, the internal PLL

switches to the next available clock. TI recommends using Holdover Mode while using the Automatic Reference

Clock Switching. See Holdover for programming the Holdover mode.

In this case, the outputs clocks will see minimum disturbance while switching from one clock to the other. In the

event of reference clock loss, the PLL1 enters the holdover mode. After the internal logic switches the PLL1 input

clock to the next available clock as per priority setting, PLL1 holdover exit is initiated and PLL1 relocks to the

new clock with minimum disturbance. Flowchart below describes the sequence of operations in the Automatic

Reference Clock Switching mode while holdover is enabled and programmed.

27

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Lock State

(CLKinX)

CLKinX Priority Loop

NO

IN

Switch to next

highest priority

CLKinZ

LOSz = 0?

YES

NO

Holdover LOS

enabled?

(PLL1_HOLDOVER_

LOS_MASK=0)

Configure CLKinX

PLL1 R divider

OUT

YES

Keep PLL1 R/N divider in Reset

Assert PLL1 reset

Release holdover status

Release PLL1 R/N divider

LOSX = 1?

YES

CLKinY disabled (optional)

LOSY disabled (optional)

Lock State

(CLKinX)

Figure 16. Input Clock Switching – Priority Loop

9.3.1.2 Loss of Signal Detection – LOS

The loss of signal detection circuit is available for all clock inputs. It has programmable assertion and de-

assertion cycles. LOS detection circuit reliable operation is ensured with >200-mVpp differential or >200-mV

single-ended CLKin amplitude and input frequencies between 10 MHz to 500 MHz. Maximum input frequency for

the doubler in the LOS block is 250 MHz. The ratio between VCXO frequency and input frequency must be

between 0.25 and 4.

9.3.1.2.1 LOS – Assertion

LOS assertion time is programmable between 1 to 8 VCXO clock cycles. The LOS assertion time is programmed

through

CLKINx_LOS_LAT_SEL[7:0].

LOS_LAT_SEL

is

an

8-Bit

code.

Additionally,

CLKINx_LOS_FRQ_DBL_EN bit controls the frequency doubler for the LOS block. This is especially important

for VCXO frequencies equal or smaller than CLKinX frequency.

For correct operation of LOS, the reference clock must be switched to logic low level (differential or single-

ended).

28

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Example 1:

LOS_LAT_SEL = 0010 0000

LOS_LAT_SEL

LOS_FRQ_DBL_EN = 0

VCXO = 122.88 MHz

CLKinX = 30.72 MHz

LOS_FRQ_DBL_EN

LOS_LAT_SEL

CNT reset

LOS (internal)

LOS detection 0.5 RefCLK Cycles

LOS_LAT_SEL

Example 2:

LOS_LAT_SEL = 0000 1000

LOS_FRQ_DBL_EN = 1

LOS

(internal)

VCXO

VCXO = 122.88 MHz

CLKinX = 122.88 MHz

x2

CNT reset

LOS (internal)

LOS detection 1 RefCLK Cycles

CLKinX

Example 3:

LOS_LAT_SEL = 0000 0010

LOS_FRQ_DBL_EN = 1

LOS_LAT_SEL

STATUSx

VCXO = 30.72 MHz

CLKinX = 122.88 MHz

CNT reset

LOS (internal)

LOS detection 3 RefCLK Cycles

Figure 17. LOS Detection

Table 5. Recommended LOS Register Configurations

CLKin TO OSCin FREQUENCY

RATIO

MAX LOS DETECTION

LATENCY IN CLKin CYCLES

LOS_LAT_SEL

LOS_FRQ_DBL_EN

0.25

0010 0000b

0000 1000b

0000 0100b

0000 0010b

0

1

0

1

0.5

1

0.5

1

1 (OSCin ≥ 250MHz)

2

4

2

3

29

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.3.1.2.2 LOS – Reference Clock Recovery

LOS de-assertion can be programmed to 15 to 4095 reference clock cycles (CLKINx_LOS_REC_CNT[7:0]).

Number of Cycles

programmable

CLKinX

LOS (internal)

LOS (STATUSx pin)

Figure 18. LOS Deassertion

9.3.1.3 Driving CLKin and OSCin Inputs

9.3.1.3.1 Driving CLKin and OSCin Pins With a Differential Source

The CLKin ports and OSCin can be driven by differential signals. TI recommends setting the input mode to

differential (CLKINX_SE_MODE = 0) when using differential reference clocks. The LMK0461x internally AC

couples the inputs with on-chip capacitors. An optional AC-coupling cap can be connected as shown in input

termination sachems. The recommended circuits for driving the CLKin or OSCin pins with either LVDS or

LVPECL are shown in Figure 19 and Figure 20.

CLKinX/

OSCin

0.1 mF

100W Trace

(Differential)

LMK046XX

LVDS

0.1 mF

CLKinX*/

OSCin*

Figure 19. Termination for an LVDS Reference Clock Source

CLKinX/

OSCin

0.1 mF

100W Trace

(Differential)

LVPECL

Ref Clk

LMK046XX

CLKinX*/

OSCin*

Figure 20. Termination for an LVPECL Reference Clock Source

30

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Also, a reference clock source can produce a differential sine wave output can drive the CLKin pins using

Figure 21.

NOTE

The signal level must conform to the requirements for the CLKin pins listed in Clock Input

Characteristics (CLKinX). CLKINX_SE_MODE is recommended to be set to differential

mode (CLKINX_SE_MODE = 0).

CLKinX/

OSCin

0.1 mF

100W Trace

(Differential)

LMK046XX

SINE

0.1 mF

CLKinX*/

OSCin*

Figure 21. CLKinX/X* Termination for a Differential Sinewave Reference Clock Source

9.3.1.3.2 Driving CLKin and OSCin Pins With a Single-Ended Source

The CLKin pins of the LMK0461x family can be driven using a single-ended reference clock source, like a sine

wave source or an LVCMOS or LVTTL source. Either AC coupling or DC coupling may be used. In the case of

the sine wave source that is expecting a 50-Ω load, TI recommends using AC coupling as shown in Figure 22

with a 50-Ω termination.

NOTE

The signal level must conform to the requirements for the CLKin pins listed in Clock Input

Characteristics (CLKinX). CLKINX_SE_MODE is recommended to be set to single-ended

mode (CLKINX_SE_MODE = 1).

CLKinX/

OSCin

0.1 mF

50W Trace

50W

LMK046XX

Clock Source

CLKinX*/

OSCin*

0.1 mF

Figure 22. CLKinX/X* and OSCin AC-Coupled Single-Ended Termination

If the CLKin pins are being driven with a single-ended LVCMOS or LVTTL source, either DC coupling or AC

coupling may be used. If DC coupling is used, the CLKINX_SE_MODE should be set to single-ended buffer

mode (CLKINX_SE_MODE = 1) and the voltage swing of the source must meet the specifications for

DC-coupled, single-ended mode clock inputs given in Clock Input Characteristics (CLKinX). If AC coupling is

used, the CLKINX_SE_MODE should be set to the differential buffer mode (CLKINX_SE_MODE = 0). The

voltage swing at the input pins must meet the specifications for AC-coupled, differential mode clock inputs given

in Clock Input Characteristics (CLKinX). In this case, some attenuation of the clock input level may be required. A

simple resistive divider circuit before the AC-coupling capacitor is sufficient.

31

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

CLKinX

50W Trace

LMK046XX

LVCMOS/LVTTL

Clock Source

CLKinX*

0.1 mF

Figure 23. DC-Coupled LVCMOS or LVTTL Reference Clock

9.3.2 Clock Outputs (CLKoutX)

This section describes all related features of the clock outputs.

DUAL-CLK OUTPUT CHANNEL

Channel Specific

CLKoutX Specific

HS_EN_CH_xy

PLL_WRAPPER

SD-PLL2

OUTCHxy_DIV

½

CYC

DEL

DDLY

CLKoutX

Clock

Distribution Path

ADLY

PRE

SCAL

ER

INV

PF

D

CLK

CMOS

DIVID

ER

C

P

OUTCHxy_

16-bit Divider

CHx_ADLY

DIV_INV

RSTB

DYN_DDLY_CHx

FB

DIV

CHx_ADLY_EN

DYN_DDLY_EN_CHx

OUTCHx_DRIV_MODE

CLKROOT

CHxy_DDLY

LDO

VDDOxy

SYNCronize

SYNC TO ALL

CHANNELS

CLKoutY Specific

SYNC | RESET

SYSREF_REQ

Static Digital Delay

SYNC_EN_CHxy

RSTB

SYSREF_EN_CHxy

Re-

sampling

SYNC

DDLY

CLKoutY

ADLY

INV

CHx_SYNC

CLK

OUTCH_SYSREF_PLSCNT

OUTCHxy_

CHy_ADLY

DYN_DDLY_CHy

DIV_INV

Re-

sampling

SYSREF Pulse

Counter

CHy_ADLY_EN

DYN_DDLY_EN_CHy

OUTCHy_DRIV_MODE

CHx_SYSREF_REQ

Figure 24. Clock Output Block and SYNC Clocking Path

32

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.3.2.1 HCSL

Figure 25 shows a typical implementation for the HCSL output driver mode. HCSL requires external 50-Ω

termination resistors. Optionally, source resistors in the range from 22 Ω to 33 Ω are employed to eliminate

ringing.

For HSCL outputs, set OUTCHxx_DRIV_MODE to 0x3F.

Receiver

C_PARA

Rs (opt.)

50 Ohm

V_TERM

Diff Microstrip ~10cm

HSCL

50 Ohm

C_PARA

Figure 25. HCSL Output Termination

Figure 26 and Figure 27 show different connection methods to a LVPECL receiver.

Rs (opt.)

HSCL

LVPECL

50 Ohm

Vb

Figure 26. HCSL to LVPECL With Bias Voltage Vb (Voltage as Required for Receiver Bias)

3.3V

82 Ohm

Rs (opt.)

HSCL

LVPECL

50 Ohm

130 Ohm

Figure 27. HCSL to LVPECL

33

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.3.2.2 HSDS

HSDS does not need external output termination (see Figure 28).

For HSDS: 8-mA outputs set OUTCHxx_DRIV_MODE to 0x18.

For HSDS: 6-mA outputs set OUTCHxx_DRIV_MODE to 0x14.

For HSDS: 4-mA outputs set OUTCHxx_DRIV_MODE to 0x10.

Receiver

C_PARA

50 Ohm

V_TERM

Diff Microstrip

HSDS

50 Ohm

C_PARA

Figure 28. HSDS Output Termination

Figure 29 to Figure 31 show different connection methods to a LVPECL and LVDS receiver. In case of LVDS

receivers, use HSDS 4-mA or HSDS 6-mA and for LVPECL use HSDS 8-mA setting.

HSDS

LVPECL

50 Ohm

Vb

Figure 29. HSDS to LVPECL With Bias Voltage Vb (Voltage as Required for Receiver Bias)

3.3V

82 Ohm

HSDS

LVPECL

130 Ohm

Figure 30. HSDS to LVPECL

HSDS

100 Ohm

LVDS

Figure 31. HSDS to LVDS

34

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.3.2.3 SYNC

See additional information about the SYNC pin in STATUS0/1 and SYNC Pin Functions.

SYNC aligns all clock outputs to start at a common rising clock distribution path clock edge. Clocks divided by 1

or divider bypass are not gated during the SYNC event.

SYNC is not available in buffer mode.

Clock Distribution

Path (internal)

CLKoutA

(div by 1)

t_skew1

CLKoutB

(div by 2)

No CLKout during SYNC

CLKoutC

(div by 5)

CLKoutD

(div by 5 + HS)

Latency 1

SYNC

Latency 2

SYNC asserted

SYNC released

Figure 32. SYNC Example

9.3.2.4 Digital Delay

Digital (coarse) delay allows an output to be delayed by 1 to 255 periods of the clock distribution path frequency.

The delay step can be as small as half the period of the clock distribution path frequency by using the

HS_EN_CHx bit.

The digital delay step size calculates with: 1 / VCO frequency / prescaler

1. Fixed digital delay (per output channel)

2. Dynamic digital delay (per output)

9.3.2.4.1 Fixed Digital Delay

Fixed digital delay value takes effect on the clock outputs after a SYNC event. As such, the outputs are LOW for

a while during the SYNC event. Applications that cannot accept clock breakup when adjusting digital delay

should use dynamic digital delay.

35

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Clock Distribution

Path

No CLKout during SYNC

CLKoutX

2 Cycles DDLY

CLKoutY

3 Cycles DDLY

1 Clock Distribution Path cycle delay

Fixed Delay

SYNC

SYNC event

Figure 33. Fixed Digital Delay Example

Table 6. Digital Delay Register Controls

REGISTER NAME

DESCRIPTION

HS_EN_CHx

Enables a Half-Step for Channel X: 0.5 / VCO frequency / Prescaler

Sets number of Digital Delay steps for Channel X. The channel delays 0 to 255 Clock

Distribution Path periods compared to other channels.

CHx_DDLY

9.3.2.4.2 Dynamic Digital Delay

Additionally, for the fixed digital delay per output channel, each output can be individually delayed using dynamic

digital delay. Up to 5 periods of the clock distribution path frequency can be shifted.

The setting applies without SYNC to the output.

Table 7. Dynamic Digital Delay Register Controls

REGISTER NAME

DESCRIPTION

DYN_DDLY_CHx_EN

Enable CHx Dynamic Digital Delay.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X. The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock

Distribution Path periods compared to other channels.

DYN_DDLY_CHx

9.3.2.5 Analog Delay

Analog delay is available for all outputs. The typical step size is 60 ps and covers a total range of 1.3 ns.

Table 8. Analog Delay Register Controls

REGISTER NAME

CHx_ADLY_EN

CHx_ADLY

DESCRIPTION

Enables Analog Delay for Channel X.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

36

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

330

300

270

240

210

180

150

120

90

306

124

95

87

60

72

71

70

64

59

57

53

50

49

45

30

0

Figure 34. Analog Delay

9.3.3 OSCout

The default function for OSCout is providing two buffered LVCMOS copies (in phase or complementary) of the

external VCXO. Additionally, an 8-bit divider is integrated. The multiplexer selects the VCXO input or high-speed

clock distribution tree. The output type can be programmed to HSDS, HCSL, and LVCMOS. See Output

Termination Scheme for test load descriptions. When OSCout is programmed for differential output from OSCin,

the OSCout signal will be inverted from input.

NOTE

External VCXO

VCXO_CTRL

OSCin

Reference

PLL1

M

U

X

CMOS

DIFF

Integer Div

8-bit

OSCout

PLL2

Figure 35. OSCout Block

9.3.3.1 Pin-Controlled OSCout Divider

During power up (see Power-Up Sequence) after RESET = 1, the state of the SYNC pin is sampled. The input

level determines the OSCout divider setting.

37

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

NOTE

This function is only available after power up and RESET transition from LOW to HIGH.

Table 9. Pin-Controlled OSCout Divider Settings

SYNC PIN INPUT LEVEL AT POWER UP

OSCout DIVIDER SETTING

OR RESET TRANSITION FROM LOW TO HIGH

LOW

OPEN

HIGH

1

2

4

9.3.4 STATUS0/1 and SYNC Pin Functions

Status and SYNC Pins supports 1.8-V logic and it can be configured as:

•

Input

Output

Common STATUS0/1 and SYNC Pin Functions describes the common input and output pin functions.

SYNC and STATUS0 have additional features that are restricted to the pins. See Additional SYNC Pin Functions

and Additional STATUS0 Pin Functions.

9.3.4.1 Common STATUS0/1 and SYNC Pin Functions

Two status pins are available (STATUS0, STATUS1). STATUSx/SYNC_OUTPUT_HIZ = 1 configures the pins as

input, while STATUSx/SYNC_OUTPUT_HIZ = 0 configures the pins as output. STATUSx/SYNC_INT_MUX

register configures the pin functions in Table 10.

Table 10. Common STATUS0/1 and SYNC Pin Functions

FUNCTION

SDO

INPUT/OUTPUT

Output

Input

DESCRIPTION

Serial Data Output for 4-wire SPI

LD1 and LD2

LD1

Digital Lock Detect for PLL1 and PLL2

Digital Lock Detect for PLL1

LD2

Digital Lock Detect for PLL2

LD1 and LD2 and not Holdover

LD1 and not Holdover

LOS

PLL1 Lock Detect and PLL2 Lock Detect and not PLL1 Holdover

PLL1 Lock Detect and not PLL1 Holdover

Output of LOS Block

Holdover status

Holdover Control

Copy SYNC pin

Copy CLKIN_SEL pin

PLL2 Reference Clock

PLL1_R

Output of Holdover Status. High = Holdover. Low = Normal operation

Manual Holdover entry through pin. See Holdover.

Outputs a copy of SYNC pin

Output

Outputs a copy of CLKIN_SEL pin

PLL2 Reference Clock (Copy of OSCin divided by PLL2 R)

Output PLL1_R Clock Frequency

PLL2_R

Output PLL2_R Clock Frequency

PLL1_N

Output PLL1_N Clock Frequency

PLL2_N

Output PLL2_N Clock Frequency

Logic High

Logic Low

38

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.3.4.2 Additional STATUS0 Pin Functions

This chapter describes the additional functions that are available on STATUS0 pin only.

Table 11. Additional STATUS0 Pin Functions

FUNCTION

INPUT/OUTPUT

DESCRIPTION

In LMK04616, the STATUS0 pin in combination with CLKIN_SEL selects the inputs

in pin mode.

CLKIN_SEL0

Input

9.3.4.3 Additional SYNC Pin Functions

This chapter describes the additional functions that are available on SYNC pin only.

Table 12. Additional SYNC Pin Functions

FUNCTION

INPUT/OUTPUT

DESCRIPTION

Sampled Pin Logic state at power up configures default OSCout divider setting.

Low level = divide by 1

Mid level = divide by 2

High level = divide by 4

OSCout Div Control

Input

SYNC_PIN_FUNC=0 → SYNC output channels. See SYNC

SYNC_PIN_FUNC=1 → Sysref Request

SYNC

Input

SYNC_PIN_FUNC=2 → Reset PLL1 N-/R-Dividers

SYNC_PIN_FUNC=3 → Reserved

9.3.5 PLL1 and PLL2

LMK0461x has two programmable PLLs. PLL1 is a very low bandwidth PLL with an external VCXO. The

bandwidth of the PLL1 can be programmed from 3 Hz to 300 Hz. PLL2 is a high bandwidth PLL using an on-

chip, very low phase noise LC VCO. PLL2 bandwidth can be programmed from 90 kHz to 1 MHz. The detailed

description about the individual PLLs is provided in the following sections.

9.3.5.1 PLL1

PLL1 in LMK0461x is a very low bandwidth PLL. The PLL is a fully programmable, ultra-flexible design and is

intended to be used for jitter cleaning of the noisy input clock. The PLL uses a semi-digital architecture and there

is no need for external loop filter. The loop-filter has separated integral and proportional paths, which can be

programmed individually to define the PLL transfer. There is a possibility to add higher order poles by connecting

a capacitor outside the chip with a fixed on-chip resistor R_CTRL. The block diagram of the PLL1 is shown in

Figure 36. The PLL uses an external VCXO as a voltage controlled oscillator. Both positive and negative gain

VCXOs are supported by LMK046xx.

39

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

V

CTRL

PLL1_PROP

PROP

RCTRL

PLL_RDIV

PFD

INT

PLL1_INTG

PLL_NDIV

PLL1_NDIV PROP_MODE

Figure 36. PLL1 Block Diagram

To reduce lock time, PLL1 supports two locking modes which can be individually configured by the user. When

configured, PLL1 starts with Fastlock (with very high integral gain) and after lock, it switches to desired integral

gain.

PLL1 Bandwidth depends on the VCXO gain and loop parameters. LMK0461x PLLs are designed with active

damping technique. For a given VCXO gain and divider settings, the bandwidth can be programmed by using the

PLL1_PROP settings. The higher the value, the higher the bandwidth.

Table 13 shows the internal PLL1 parameter, register and programming ranges. Use the TICS Pro EVM tool to

calculate PLL1_PROP, PLL1_PROP_LF, PLL1_INTG, and PLL1_INTG_LF values.

Table 13. PLL1 Parameter and Register

PARAMETER

REGISTER

DESCRIPTION

MIN

TYP

MAX

UNIT

0x1B,0x1C,0X1D,0x1E,

0x1F,0x20,0x21,0x22

CLKINx_PLL1_RDIV

Input clock divider for PLL1

1

32771

PLL1_NDIV

PLL1_PROP

0x61,0x62

0x5A

Feedback clock divider for PLL1

Proportional gain setting

1

0

32771

127

PLL1_PROP_FL

0x5B

Proportional gain setting for Fast Lock

127

Integral gain setting, C3 = 2.2 µF

1.92 MHz PDF, PLL1_PROP < 7

PLL1_INTG

PLL1_INTG_FL

PLL1_INTG

0x59

0

1

0

3

0

2

0

1

Integral gain setting for Fast lock, C3 = 2.2

µF

1

1.92 MHz PDF, PLL1_PROP < 7

Integral gain setting, C3 = 2.2 µF

1.92 MHz PDF, PLL1_PROP ≥ 7

3

Integral gain setting for Fast lock, C3 = 2.2

PLL1_INTG_FL

PLL1_INTG

µF

3

1.92 MHz PDF, PLL1_PROP ≥ 7

Integral gain setting, C3 = 2.2 µF

0.12 MHz PDF, PLL1_PROP < 31

2

Integral gain setting for Fast lock, C3 = 2.2

µF

PLL1_INTG_FL

PLL1_INTG

2

0.12 MHz PDF, PLL1_PROP < 31

Integral gain setting, C3 = 2.2 µF

0.12 MHz PDF, PLL1_PROP ≥ 31

15

40

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Table 13. PLL1 Parameter and Register (continued)

PARAMETER

REGISTER

DESCRIPTION

MIN

TYP

15

MAX

UNIT

Integral gain setting for Fast lock, C3 = 2.2

µF

PLL1_INTG_FL

R_CTRL

0x59

0

15

0.12 MHz PDF, PLL1_PROP ≥ 31

500

Ω

9.3.5.1.1 PLL1 Proportional Modes

PLL1 bandwidth can be increased or decreased even further by using the different PROP modes (see Table 14).

Table 14. PLL1 Proportional Modes

PROP MODE

REGISTER SETTINGS

DUTY CYCLE OF CLOCK

PLL1_RDIV_4CY = 0

PLL1_NDIV_4CY = 0

Default

50%

PLL1_RDIV_4CY = 1

PLL1_NDIV_4CY = 1

PLL1_FBCLK_INV = 1

CLKINx_PLL1_INV = 1

Low Pulse mode

High Pulse mode

(4/DIV) * 100

PLL1_RDIV_4CY = 1

PLL1_NDIV_4CY = 1

PLL1_FBCLK_INV = 0

CLKINx_PLL1_INV = 0

(1-4/DIV) * 100

In the default input mode, the proportional is effective for 50% of the PFD clock period. Using low pulse mode,

the effect of the proportional is reduced which results in a reduced PLL bandwidth. Similarly, using the high pulse

mode, the proportional is effective for more than half of the PFD cycle, which results in higher bandwidth.

PLL1_INTG settings affect the integral gain in the loop. TI recommends using setting 0 in normal mode and

higher settings only for Fast lock using PLL1_INTG_FL.

9.3.5.1.2 PLL1 Higher Order Poles

There are no external resistors and capacitors required for the low bandwidth PLL1. However, to introduce 3^rd

order pole in the loop, external capacitor C3 can be attached to the control voltage, which in combination with the

on-chip resistor, creates a pole at the desired frequency. Recommended maximum value of C3 for PLL1 lock is

2.2 µF.

PLL1

R1

C3

Figure 37. 3^rdOrder Loop Filter

41

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.3.5.2 PLL2

The second PLL in LMK046xx is a high bandwidth PLL requiring no external components. The PLL contains a

very low phase noise on chip LC-based Voltage controlled oscillator (VCO). The VCO is very flexible and full

programmable. Similar to PLL1, PLL2 is also a semi-digital PLL designed with an active damping concept. The

bandwidth of the PLL can be programmed between 90 kHz to 1 MHz. PLL2 also has separated integral and

proportional paths to control the VCO. The 3rd order pole can also be introduced by selecting the integrated

resistors and capacitors.

The input clock frequency to the PLL2 can be doubled by using an integrated frequency doubler. Apart from that

there are additional input modes possible to have more flexibility for bandwidth programming.

LC VCO

x2

PRE

SCALER

DIVIDER

Prop

R DIV

f

/N

DIV

Intgrl

Figure 38. PLL2 Block Diagram

9.3.5.2.1 PLL2 Divider

PLL2 contains three dividers. Input clock can be divided down by using reference divider (PLL2_RDIV). Second

divider is the high-frequency prescalar at the output of the VCO. Third divider is in the PLL feedback path which

defines the PLL frequency multiplication ratio in combination with prescalar. Each of the three dividers is

programmable with the registers as described in Table 15.

Table 15. PLL2 Divider

PARAMETER

REGISTER

DESCRIPTION

MIN

TYP

MAX

UNIT

PLL2_RDIV

0x76

Input clock divider for PLL2

1

31

Feedback clock divider for

PLL2

PLL2_NDIV

0x73, 0x74

0x146

1

3

65535

6

The prescaler defines the

Clock Distribution Frequency.

PLL2_PRESCALER

9.3.5.2.2 PLL2 Input Modes

PLL2 has four input modes which can be selected by the user. These modes give more flexibility to adjust the

PLL2 bandwidth. See Table 16.

Table 16. PLL2 Input Modes

INPUT MODE

DESCRIPTION

Doubler Mode

The Input clock gets multiplied by 2. The duty cycle of the clock is <50%.

This mode is same like the doubler mode, where the input clock gets multiplied by 2, but the

duty cycle of the output clock is >50%.

Doubler invert mode

Pulse mode

RDIV mode

The duty cycle of the input clock is adjusted to a fixed value and is >50%.

The input divider is used to divide down the frequency with the range as shown in Table 15.

42

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.3.5.2.3 PLL2 Loop Filter

PLL2 design is based on semi-digital PLL architecture where the proportional and integral parts are separated

from each other. Proportional gain and integral gain can be individually programmed by the user to define the

bandwidth and noise transfer characteristics of the PLL2 in combination with the input modes.

Table 17. PLL2 Parameter and Register

PARAMETER

PLL2_PROP_SET

PLL2_CPROP

PLL2_INTG

REGISTER

0x72

DESCRIPTION

Proportional gain setting

Proportional cap setting

Integral gain setting

MIN

0

TYP

MAX

63

UNIT

0x151

0x80

3

5.4

31

pF

0

PLL2_RFILT

0x151

0x153

3^rdorder filter resistor selection

3^rdorder filter capacitor selection

4.7

0

9.2

124

kΩ

PLL2_CFILT

15

pF

The proportional gain can be changed using PLL2_PROP and PLL2_CPROP. The difference between the two

modes is, PLL2_PROP controls the proportional charge pump current to define the gain and PLL2_CPROP

controls the on-chip capacitor used in active damping to define the proportional gain. Higher values of

PLL2_PROP result in higher proportional gain and Higher PLL2_CPROP values result in lower proportional gain.

9.3.5.2.4 PLL2 3^rdOrder Loop Filter

PLL2 also has programmable on-chip 3rd order loop filter in the proportional path to create additional pole for

better noise cutting, as shown in Figure 38. The resistor and capacitor value can be programmed as shown in

Table 18.

Table 18. 3^rdOrder Loop Filter

PARAMETER

DESCRIPTION

PLL2_EN_FILTER=1 → Enables resistor

PLL2_RFILT=0 → 9.2 kΩ

R3

PLL2_RFILT=1 → 4.7 kΩ

00000 → 0 pF

00001 → 4 pF

..

C3

PLL2_CFILT<5:0>

11111 →124 pF

9.3.5.2.5 PLL2 Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO)

PLL contains on chip very low phase noise LC oscillator. The tuning range of the oscillator is 5870 MHz to 6175

MHz. The VCO is tuned to the target frequency using the semi-digital control by the PLL loop. Due to the semi-

digital control, the PLL loops tracks the temperature and input frequency change with its loop bandwidth.

43

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.3.5.2.6 Examples of PLL2 Setting

This section shows PLL2 setting examples to generate given loop bandwidth.

Table 19. PLL2 Settings

PLL2_

CPROP

F_{IN_PLL2}

F_VCO

PLL2_RDIV

PLL2_NDIV PRESCALER INPUT MODE PLL2_PROP PLL2_INTG

R3, C3⁽¹⁾

122.88 MHz

30.72 MHz

5898.24 MHz

1

4

6

Doubler Invert

20

21

20

7

0

5.4 pF

disabled, 0 pF

4.7 kΩ, 96 pF

disabled, 0 pF

4.7 kΩ, 96 pF

16

(1) See Table 18 for reference.

9.3.5.3 Digital Lock Detect

Both PLL1 and PLL2 support digital lock detect. Digital lock detect compares the phase between the reference

path (R) and the feedback path (N) of the PLL. When the time error (phase error) between the two signals is less

than a specified window size (ε), a lock detect count increments.

When the PLL1 lock detect count reaches a user specified value, PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT, lock detect is

asserted true. Once digital lock detect is true, a single phase comparison outside the specified window causes

the digital lock detect to be asserted false (see Figure 39).

NO

PLL1

YES

Increment

PLL1 Lock Count

PLL1

PLL1 Lock Count =

PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT

START

Lock Detected = False

Lock Count = 0

Phase Error < x

Lock Detected = True

YES

NO

Figure 39. PLL1 Digital Lock Detect Flowchart

PLL2 DLD requires register 0xF6 = 0x02, 0x85 = 0x00, and 0x86 = 0x00 set. Then to program register 0xAD for

valid digital lock detect. See Recommended Programming Sequence. When the PLL2 lock detect count reaches

a user specified value, PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT, lock detect is asserted true. Once digital lock detect is true,

a single phase comparison outside the specified window causes the digital lock detect to be asserted false (see

Figure 40).

START

Set Register 0xAD = 0x30

Wait 20 ms

Set Register 0xAD = 0x00

NO

PLL2

YES

Increment

PLL2 Lock Count

PLL2

PLL2 Lock Count =

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT

Lock Detected = False

Lock Count = 0

Phase Error < x

Lock Detected = True

YES

NO

Figure 40. PLL2 Digital Lock Detect Flowchart

This incremental lock detect count feature functions as a digital filter to ensure that lock detect isn't asserted for

only a brief time when the phases of R and N are within the specified tolerance for only a brief time during initial

phase lock.

The digital lock detect signal can be monitored on the Status_LD1 or Status_LD2 pin. The pin may be

programmed to output the status of lock detect for PLL1, PLL2, or both PLL1 and PLL2.

44

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

PLL (Analog Domain)

Digital-Block (Digital Domain)

LOCK_CYC_CNT

Div2

bypass

WNDW

CMP

LOCK

REF

SYS

SYNC

CNT

VDD

Div2

bypass

WNDW

CMP

Figure 41. Digital Lock Detect Implementation

9.3.5.3.1 Calculating Digital Lock Detect Frequency Accuracy

See Digital Lock Detect Frequency Accuracy for more detailed information on programming the registers to

achieve a specified frequency accuracy in ppm with lock detect.

The digital lock detect feature can also be used with holdover to automatically exit holdover mode. See Exiting

Holdover for more info.

9.3.6 Holdover

Holdover mode causes PLL2 to stay locked on frequency with minimal frequency drift when an input clock

reference to PLL1 becomes invalid. While in holdover mode, the PLL1 charge pump is TRI-STATED and a fixed

tuning voltage is set on CPout1 to operate PLL1 in open-loop.

45

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.3.6.1 Holdover Flowchart

Lock State

(CLKinX)

- CLKinY disabled (optional)

- LOSY disabled (optional)

NO

Manual

Holdover LOS

Holdover Rail detect

Holdover

Holdover PLL1 DLD

enabled?

(PLL1_HOLDOVER_

enabled?

(PLL1_HOLDOVER_

LOS_MASK=0)

enabled?

through Pin or

Register?

(PLL1_HOLDOVER_

LCKDET_MASK=0)

RAILDET_EN=1)

CLKinX Priority Loop

IN

YES

NO

Switch to next

highest Priority

CLKinZ

LOSz = 0?

YES

NO

RAILDET_UPP <

VCTRL <

RAILDET_LOW?

PLL1 LD = 0?

LOSX = 1?

NO

- configure CLKinX

PLL1 R Divider

YES

OUT

YES

CLKINSEL1_MODE =

AUTO?

- enable Holdover

- enable Holdover status

- hold last Vctrl value

NO

- enable Holdover

- enable Holdover status

- hold last Vctrl value

YES

- enable Holdover

- enable Holdover status

- hold last Vctrl value

Start

Holdover

Counter

YES

Holdover

Counter enabled?

(PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAX

_CNT_EN=1)

Holdover Counter Loop

NO

Wait for SPI command to exit

Holdover

(Rail detect: PLL1_HOLDOVER_DLD_SWRST

Deassert Pin or

register?

NO

Holdover

counter

elapsed?

NO

LOSX = 0?

NO

or

PLL1 Loss of Lock:

CLKinX Priority

Loop

PLL1_HOLDOVER_LOCKDET_SWRST)

YES

- configure CLKinX

PLL1 R Divider

CLKinX Priority

Loop

- keep PLL1 R/N Divider in Reset

- assert PLL1 reset

- release Holdover Status

- release PLL1 R/N Divider

- CLKinY disabled (optional)

- LOSY disabled (optional)

Register Setting

Lock State

(CLKinX)

Figure 42. Holdover Flowchart Using LOS

9.3.6.2 Enable Holdover

Program HOLDOVER_EN = 1 to enable holdover mode for PLL1.

9.3.6.2.1 Automatic Tracked CTRL_VCXO Holdover Mode

In holdover mode, PLL1 retains the last used control voltage.

46

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.3.6.3 Enter Holdover

Holdover can be entered through different events.

•

LOS_x detects reference loss.

PLL1 DLD detects PLL1 unlock.

CTRL_VCXO rail detect.

Manual through register control

Manual through pin

Start-up into holdover

9.3.6.3.1 LOS_x Detect

Enter holdover if reference is lost.

9.3.6.3.2 PLL1 DLD Detect

Enter holdover if PLL1 is unlocked.

9.3.6.3.3 CTRL_VCXO Rail Detect

Rail detection allows to set upper and lower boundaries for the tuning voltage.

Once the boundaries are touched, the device enters holdover mode if this feature is enabled. The boundaries get

compared against the current 6-bit value of the PLL1 storage cells array, PLL1_STORAGE_CELL. It can be

determined whether the boundaries are absolute or relative boundaries.

Enter holdover if CTRL_VCXO represented as PLL1_STORAGE_CELL crosses a programmable high or low limit

of CTRL_VCXO.

•

If PLL1_STORAGE_CELL ≤ RAILDET_LOW, then go to holdover or into normal operation.

If PLL1_STORAGE_CELL ≥ RAILDET_UPP, then go to holdover or into normal operation.

CTRL_VCXO_HIGH/LOW_RAIL granularity is 82.5 mV.

9.3.6.3.3.1 Absolute Limits

RAILDET_LOW and RAILDET_UPP values are considered as absolute numbers, being compared against

current storage value.

9.3.6.3.3.2 Relative Limits

RAILDET_LOW and RAILDET_UPP values are considered as relative numbers. After PLL1 has locked the

current storage value is added to the relative numbers to form the absolute boundary.

9.3.6.3.4 Manual Holdover Enable – Register Control

When PLL1_HOLDOVER_FORCE is 1 PLL1 enters holdover mode regardless of other conditions.

9.3.6.3.5 Manual Holdover Enable – Pin Control

The SYNC control pin can be programmed to control the entry and exit of holdover.

9.3.6.3.6 Start-Up into Holdover

During the initial programming, the LMK0461x can be configured to start-up into holdover. It presets the VCXO

Control voltage to approximately 1.2 V. This allows PLL2 to lock to the VCXO reference. PLL1 locks as soon a

valid reference input clock is detected. The holdover status can be optionally displayed at the status pins.

9.3.6.4 During Holdover

PLL1 is run in open-loop mode:

•

PLL1 charge pump is set to TRI-STATE.

PLL1 DLD is unasserted.

The HOLDOVER status is asserted.

During holdover, if the PLL2 was locked prior to entry of holdover mode, PLL2 DLD continues to be asserted.

47

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

•

LOS engine searches for active input clock.

PLL1 attempts to lock with the active clock input.

The HOLDOVER status signal can be monitored on the Status_LD1 or Status_LD2 pin by programming the

PLL1_DLD_MUX or PLL2_DLD_MUX register to Holdover Status.

9.3.6.5 Exiting Holdover

Holdover mode can be exited in one of four ways.

•

Manually by programming the device from the host.

Manual through pin.

Automatically by a clock operating within a specified ppm of the current PLL1 frequency on the active clock

input.

•

Automatically by LOS deassertion.

Automatically by switching to next clock input after holdover counter overflow. The order of switching is set in

a priority list.

9.3.6.6 Holdover Frequency Accuracy

The holdover frequency accuracy depends on the PLL1 loop bandwidth. A low loop bandwidth of ≤10 Hz results

in less then 0.6-ppm accuracy typical.

9.3.6.7 Holdover Mode – Automatic Exit by LOS Deassertion

As soon as the reference clock is valid again and the LOS signal is deasserted, the PLL1_N and PLL1_R divider

reset and PLL1 exits holdover.

9.3.6.8 Holdover Mode – Automatic Exit of Holdover With Holdover Counter

A programmable holdover counter can be set between 0 and 17 seconds count time. The counter starts counting

as soon the device is in holdover.

If the reference clock is valid again within the specified time, the device exits holdover.

If the counter overflows, the device switches to the next clock input. The order of clock inputs is set in a priority

list.

•

Minimum Holdover counter configuration step size: 4.069 ns

Holdover counter range: 0 – 17 s

48

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.3.7 JEDEC JESD204B

Table 20 illustrates the some possible SYNC and SYSREF modes.

Table 20. Possible SYNC/SYSREF_REQ Configurations

NAME

DESCRIPTION

SYNC Disabled

No SYNC occurs.

Basic SYNC functionality, SYNC pin polarity is selected by SYNC_POL.

To achieve SYNC through SPI, toggle the SYNC_POL bit.

Pin or SPI SYNC

Produce SYSREF_PULSE_CNT programmed number of pulses on pin transition. SYNC_POL can be

used to cause SYNC through SPI.

JESD204B Pulser on pin transition.

JESD204B Pulser on SPI

programming.

Programming SYSREF_PULSE_CNT register starts sending the number of pulses.

When SYNC pin is asserted, continuous SYSERF pulses occur. Turning on and off of the pulses is

SYNChronized to prevent runt pulses from occurring on SYSREF.

External SYSREF request

Continuous SYSREF

Continuous SYSREF signal.

LMK0461x family provides support for JEDEC JESD204B. High-frequency device clock and low frequency

SYSREF clocks can be generated with programmable analog and digital delays and SYNC functionality. The

device provides possibility to control the SYNC and SYSREF functions by SYNC pin (pin mode) or SPI

programming. Each clock output can be used either as a device clock or SYSREF clock. Steps to use the SYNC

and SYSREF modes are described in Figure 43.

SYNC output divider

Setup SYSREF mode (and pulser)

Program SYNC mode

(Pin/SPI)

&

Enable the SYNC for the

channels to be synced

Program SYSREF mode

(Pulser /Continuous) &

Enable SYSREF channels

Issue a SYNC request

(PIN/SPI)

Program SYSREF

Pin/SPI mode

Issue a SYSREF request

(PIN/SPI)

Figure 43. Manual SYSREF Setup

The programming of the SYNC and SYSREF modes can be already done at the device setup. One time SYNC

for the output channels is issued automatically at the device start-up irrespective of the SYNC programming.

Detail description on setting up the SYNC and SYSREF modes are described in the following sections.

9.3.7.1 SYNC Pins

The SYNC pin in LMK0461x family has multiple functions which can be configured by the user using SPI

interface. Following table lists the possible function:

Table 21. SYNC Pins

BIT NAME

EN_SYNC_PIN_FUNC

SYNC_INV

FUNCTION

Enables the different functions at the SYNC pin when 1

Inverts SYNC Input when 1

00

01

10

11

SYNC output channels

SYSREF Request

SYNC_PIN_FUNC[1:0]

Reset PLL1 N-divider and R-divider

Reserved

SYNC_ANALOGDLY_EN

SYNC_ANALOGDLY[4:0]

Enables the Analog delay at the SYNC input pin

Analog delay can be programed from 0-15. See Analog Delay for details

49

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.3.7.2 SYNC modes

SYNC can be requested by either PIN or using the SPI interface. Following table lists the register values that

must be programmed to use the SYNC functionality:

Table 22. Additional SYNC Bits

BIT NAME

FUNCTION

GLOBAL_SYNC

Global SW SYNC. Writing 1 puts the Device into SYNC mode. Writing 0 exits SYNC mode.

SYNC_EN_CH1

SYNC_EN_CH2

SYNC_EN_CH3_4

SYNC_EN_CH5

SYNC_EN_CH6

SYNC_EN_CH7_8

SYNC_EN_CH9

SYNC_EN_CH10

Enables the corresponding channel for SYNC functionality

Steps to configure each mode are described below.

•

SYNC pin mode:

1. EN_SYNC_PIN_FUNC should be set to 1. This enables the different functions supported by the SYNC

pin.

2. SYNC_PIN_FUNC[1:0] should be programmed to 00b (default). This sets the SYNC pin for SYNC

function.

3. SYNC_INV, when 0, SYNC is rising edge triggered. When set to 1, the SYNC pin is internaly inverted and

is falling edge triggered.

4. SYNC_EN_CHx should be set 1 for the channels which needs to SYNCed.

5. Depending on the SYNC_INV value, the output channels are SYNChronized by either rising edge or the

falling edge on the SYNC pin.

•

SYNC SPI mode:

1. EN_SYNC_PIN_FUNC should be set to 0. This disables the pin mode for SYNC function.

2. SYNC_EN_CHx should be set 1 for the channels which must SYNCed.

3. Writing 1 to the GLOBAL_SYNC puts the device into SYNC mode.

9.3.7.3 SYSREF Modes

Any channel can be programmed to generate SYSREF clock. There are different SYSREF modes supported by

LMK0461x. SYSREF can be either fixed number of pulses or a continuous clock. There is a 5-bit register

provided to program the number of pulses to be generated at each SYSREF request. Also, there is a possibility

to control the number of pulses with the SYNC pin. Each SYSREF clock can be individually delayed. There are

different options to introduce the delay in the SYSREF path. See Digital Delay and Analog Delay for

programming the delays. Following bits needs to be programed to use the SYSREF feature:

Table 23. SYSREF Registers

BIT NAME

FUNCTION

Enable SYNC_SYSREF features at SYNC pin

Enable continuous SYSREF

EN_SYNC_PIN_FUNC

GLOBAL_CONT_SYSREF

GLOBAL_SYSREF

Trigger SYSREF, Self-clearing

OUTCH_SYSREF_PLSCNT

Set number of desired SYSREF pulses from 1 to 32. 0 Enables continuous SYSREF

SYSREF_EN_CH10

SYSREF_EN_CH9

SYSREF_EN_CH7_8

SYSREF_EN_CH6

SYSREF_EN_CH5

SYSREF_EN_CH3_4

SYSREF_EN_CH2

SYSREF_EN_CH1

Enable SYSREF feature at channel CHx

50

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.3.7.3.1 SYSREF Pulser

This mode allows for the output of 1 to 32 SYSREF pulses for every SYNC pin event or SPI programming. This

implements the gapped periodic functionality of the JEDEC JESD204B specification.

programmable

SYSREF_PULSE_CNT

SYSREF Output

SPI Programming

Or

SYNC pin

Figure 44. SYSREF Pulser

9.3.7.3.1.1 SPI Pulser Mode

OUTCH_SYSREF_PLSCNT is a 5-bit register that can be programmed to the required number of pulses.

When GLOBAL_SYSREF is programmed to 1, fixed number of pulses are defined by

OUTCH_SYSREF_PLSCNT are generated at the output channels which are enabled for SYSREF. The

GLOBAL_SYSREF bit is cleared automatically after fulfilling the SYSREF request.

9.3.7.3.1.2 Pin Pulser Mode

By programming EN_SYNC_PIN_FUNC= 1, SYNC_PIN_FUNC=01 and OUTCH_SYSREF_PLSCNT to the

desired number of pulses, The SYSREF output is in pin control Pulser mode. The SYSREF clock can be initiated

by a pulse at the SYNC pin. Fixed number of pulses as per the OUTCH_SYSREF_PLSCNT value are generated

after a fixed latency.

9.3.7.3.1.3 Multiple SYSREF Frequencies

In case of multiple SYSREF frequencies the latencies until SYSREF pulses start are different. As shown in

Figure 45, the different SYSREF signals are rising edge aligned with the device clock. The different SYSREF

signals might not be rising edge aligned if different SYSREF frequencies are used.

DeviceCLK

SYSREF_A

SYSREF_B

Latency A

Latency B

SYSREF Request

asserted

released

Figure 45. SYSREF Timing in Pulsor Mode With Different SYSREF Frequencies

9.3.7.3.2 Continuous SYSREF

This mode allows for continuous output of the SYSREF clock.

Setting GLOBAL_CONT_SYSREF to 1 allows for continuous output of the SYSREF clock.

51

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Continuous operation of SYSREF is not recommended due to crosstalk from the SYSREF clock to device clock.

JESD204B is designed to operate with a single burst of pulses to initialize the system at start-up, after which it is

theoretically not required to send another SYSREF because the system continues to operate with deterministic

phases.

If continuous operation of SYSREF is required, consider using a SYSREF output from a non-adjacent output or

SYSREF from the OSCout pin to minimize crosstalk.

SYSREF Output

Figure 46. Continuous SYSREF

9.3.7.3.3 SYSREF Request

This mode allows an external source to SYNChronously turn on or off a continuous stream of SYSREF pulses

using the SYNC pin.

When programming EN_SYNC_PIN_FUNC= 1, SYNC_PIN_FUNC=01 and OUTCH_SYSREF_PLSCNT=0, the

SYSREF output is in pin mode. The SYSREF pulses can be controlled by the pulse width at the SYNC pin.

When the SYNC pin is asserted, the channel is SYNChronously set to continuous mode providing continuous

pulses at the SYSREF frequency until the SYNC pin is unasserted. SYSREF stops after completing the final

pulse SYNChronously.

SYSREF Output

SYSREF_REQ

Or

SPI

Figure 47. SYSREF Request

9.3.7.4 How to Enable SYSREF

Enabling JESD204B operation involves SYNChronizing all the clock dividers and programming of the delays,

then configuring the actual SYSREF functionality.

9.3.7.4.1 Setup Example 1: Pulser Mode, Pin Controlled

1. Program EN_SYNC_PIN_FUNC=1, SYNC pin is enabled for SYSREF requests.

2. Program SYNC_PIN_FUNC=01, SYNC pin is programmed to accept the SYSREF requests.

3. Program OUTCH_SYSREF_PLSCNT= xx (max 32), programs the number of SYSREF pulses to be

generated.

4. Program SYSREF_EN_CHxx=1, enables corresponding output channels to generate SYSREF clock pulses.

5. Apply rising Edge at SYNC pin generates xx number of at the enabled at the enabled channel.

9.3.7.4.2 Setup Example 2: Pulser Mode, Spi Controlled

1. Program EN_SYNC_PIN_FUNC=0, the SYSREF function on the SYNC pin is not enabled.

2. Program OUTCH_SYSREF_PLSCNT= xx (max 32), programs the number of SYSREF pulses to be

generated.

3. Program SYSREF_EN_CHxx=1, enables corresponding output channels to generate SYSREF clock pulses.

4. Programming GLOBAL_SYSREF=1 generates the defined number of pulses on the SYSREF enabled

channels.

9.3.8 Zero Delay Mode (ZDM)

The LMK0461x zero delay mode (ZDM) is an internal feedback loop that minimizes the phase error between

output and reference input. The feedback can be selected from CLKout6 or CLKout9.

52

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

CLKoutX*

CLKoutX

- Divider

- Digital Delay

- Analog Delay

PLL2

CLKoutY*

CLKoutY

R

N

Phase

Detector

PLL2

Pre

Div

Integrated

Loop Filter

CLKoutX*

CLKoutX

- Divider

- Digital Delay

- Analog Delay

CLKoutY*

CLKoutY

Figure 48. Zero Delay Mode

9.3.9 Power-Up Sequence

Figure 49 shows the steps to power up the device.

Power Supplies

all off

All Supplies

powered up

DEVICE IDLE

In

Power-Down

State

DEVICE IDLE

READY FOR SPI

PROGRAMMING

Release RESETn

Ramp-up Power Supplies

DEVICE

NOT READY

RESETn = X

(Power-down)

RESETn = 0

(Power-down)

RESETn = 1

Program device configuration settings

DEVICE IDLE

Trigger Startup

Sequence through SPI

STAT0/1

indicates

PLL Lock

DEVICE

BOOTING

UP

DEVICE

CONFIG

PROGRAMMING

DONE

DEVICE

RUNNING

DEV_STARTUP = 1

(self clearing bit)

RESETn = 1

Figure 49. Simplified Power-Up Sequence

The first step is to apply all the supplies needed for device to be functional. The RESETn should be kept at logic

0 when power supplies start ramping. LMK046xx devices do not need any specific power up sequencing for the

external power supplies. The on-chip POR logic makes sure that the device stays in power-down state until all

the supplies are available.

After all the device power supplies are stable, RESETn can be released to logic 1. The device enters idle state

and is now ready for the SPI programming.

After programming the device configuration, the DEV_start-up should be triggered using SPI, which initiates the

device bootup sequence. The loading of the configurations to the corresponding functional blocks and enable

sequencing is cared for by the on-chip state machines. One-time SYNC is also issued to the output channels

during device booting. The lock signals for the PLLs can be observed at the STAT0/1.

53

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Figure 50 shows the LMK0461x booting sequence of operations in details. Branch A, B, and C run in parallel.

RESETN = 0

Enable OSCout

SET OSCout

Low level

buffer:

divider = 1

LVCMOS

All Supplies

powered up

Sample SYNC pin

voltage level

SET OSCout

divider = 2

Mid level

Program

device and

boot up

SPI interface

ready

RESETN = 1

SET OSCout

divider = 4

High level

Branch A

(PLL1)

Branch B

(PLL2)

Branch C

(Outputs)

PLL2 in power down

mode.

PLL2 REF clock

available.

Internal LDO

settling time

Internal LDO

settling time

PLL1 Enabled?

YES

PLL2 Enabled?

NO

YES

Assert internal

SYNC signal

Set Prop/

Store-CP to

^(ꢀ•š o}ꢁl_

value

^(ꢀ•š o}ꢁl_

enabled?

YES

Internal LDO

settling time

PLL2

Amplitude

Calibration

NO

MUTE enabled?

YES

NO

Force Holdover

Mode with

CRTL_VCXO =

VDD/2

PLL1_STARTUP_I

N_HOLDOVER

Set?

YES

Waiting for

PLL2 lock

Release reset

of channels

Release reset

of channels

NO

PLL1_N,

PLL1_R divider

reset is

CLKinX

available?

Wait for PLL2

lock

released

Release

internal SYNC

signal

Release

internal SYNC

signal

Wait for PLL1

Lock

Set Prop/

Store-CP to

^v}v-(ꢀ•š o}ꢁl_

^(ꢀ•š o}ꢁl_

enabled?

YES

PLL2 locks

value

NO

STATUS0/1 will

indicate PLL lock

Switch digital-block

clock to PLL2 Ref

clock source

Figure 50. Detailed Power-Up Sequence

54

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.4 Device Functional Modes

The following section describes the settings to enable various modes of operation for the LMK0461x device

family.

The LMK0461x device is a flexible device that can be configured for many different use cases. The following

simplified block diagrams help show the user the different use cases of the device.

9.4.1 Dual PLL

illustrates the typical use case of the LMK0461x device family in dual-loop mode. In dual-loop mode the

reference to PLL1 from CLKin0, CLKin1, CLKin2, or CLKin3. An external VCXO is used to provide feedback for

the first PLL and a reference to the second PLL. This first PLL cleans the jitter with the VCXO by using a narrow

loop bandwidth. The VCXO output may be buffered through the OSCout port. The VCXO is used as the

reference to PLL2 and may be doubled using the frequency doubler. The internal VCO drives up to 8 divide or

delay blocks which drive up to 16 clock outputs.

Holdover functionality is optionally available when the input reference clock is lost. Holdover works by fixing the

tuning voltage of PLL1 to the VCXO.

PLL1

PLL2

External

VCXO

CLKinX

CLKinX*

OSCout

R

N

Divider

Phase

Detector

PLL1

OSCout*

Integrated

Loop Filter

4 inputs

Internal VCO

R

N

16 Device/Sysref

Clocks

Phase

Detector

PLL2

Device/SYSref

Clock

Divider

Digital Delay

Analog Delay

CLKoutX*

CLKoutX

Pre

Div

Integrated

Loop Filter

CLKoutX*

CLKoutX

8 blocks

LMK04616

Figure 51. Simplified Functional Block Diagram for Dual-Loop Mode

9.4.2 Single PLL

No LOS detection and automatic reference switching available in this mode.

PLL1

PLL2

External

VCXO

CLKinX

CLKinX*

OSCout

R

N

Divider

Phase

Detector

PLL1

OSCout*

Integrated

Loop Filter

4 inputs

Internal VCO

R

N

16 Device/Sysref

Clocks

Phase

Detector

PLL2

Device/SYSref

Clock

Divider

Digital Delay

Analog Delay

CLKoutX*

CLKoutX

Pre

Div

Integrated

Loop Filter

CLKoutX*

CLKoutX

8 blocks

LMK04616

Figure 52. Simplified Functional Block Diagram for PLL2 Only or Clock Generator Mode

55

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Device Functional Modes (continued)

9.4.3 PLL2 Bypass

PLL1

PLL2

External

VCXO

CLKinX

OSCout

R

Divider

CLKinX*

Phase

4 inputs

OSCout*

Integrated

Loop Filter

Detector

PLL1

Internal VCO

R

N

16 Device/Sysref

Clocks

N

Phase

Detector

PLL2

Device/SYSref

Clock

Divider

Digital Delay

Analog Delay

CLKoutX*

CLKoutX

Pre

Div

Integrated

Loop Filter

CLKoutX*

CLKoutX

8 blocks

LMK04616

Figure 53. Simplified Functional Block Diagram for PLL1 Only or PLL2 Bypass Mode

9.4.4 Clock Distribution

No LOS detection and automatic Reference Switching available in this mode.

PLL1

PLL2

External

VCXO

CLKinX

CLKinX*

OSCout

R

N

Divider

OSCout*

Phase

Detector

PLL1

Integrated

Loop Filter

4 inputs

Internal VCO

R

N

16 Device/Sysref

Clocks

Phase

Detector

PLL2

Device/SYSref

Clock

Divider

Digital Delay

Analog Delay

CLKoutX*

CLKoutX

Pre

Div

Integrated

Loop Filter

CLKoutX*

CLKoutX

8 blocks

LMK04616

Figure 54. Simplified Functional Block Diagram for Clock Distribution Mode

56

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.5 Programming

LMK0461x device is programmed using 24-bit registers. Each register consists of a 1-bit command field (R/W), a

15-bit address field (A14 to A0) and a 8-bit data field (D7 to D0). The contents of each register is clocked in MSB

first (R/W), and the LSB (D0) last. During programming, the CS* signal is held low. The serial data is clocked in

on the rising edge of the SCK signal. After the LSB is clocked in, the CS* signal goes high to latch the contents

into the shift register. TI recommends programming registers in numeric order -- for example, 0x000 to 0x1FFF --

to achieve proper device operation. Each register consists of one or more fields that control the device

functionality. See the electrical characteristics and 图 1 for timing details.

R/W bit = 0 is for SPI write. R/W bit = 1 is for SPI read.

SCS*

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24

SCL

SDIO

R/W A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2

D1 D0

SDO

(STATUS1)

Figure 55. SPI Write

SCS*

SCL

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24

SDIO

R/W A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2

D1 D0

R/W A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

SDO

(STATUS1)

D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2

D1 D0

Figure 56. SPI Read

SCS*

1

2

3

14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30 31 32

SCL

Addr N

A2 A1 A0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2

Addr N+1 (ascending), Addr N-1 (descending)

D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

SDIO

R/W A14 A13

SDO

(STATUS1)

Figure 57. SPI Write – Streaming Mode

57

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Programming (continued)

SCS*

1

2

3

14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30 31 32

SCL

Addr N

A2 A1 A0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2

Addr N+1 (ascending), Addr N-1 (descending)

D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

SDIO

R/W A14 A13

A2 A1 A0

SDO

(STATUS1)

D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2

D1 D0

Figure 58. SPI Read – Streaming Mode

9.5.1 Recommended Programming Sequence

The default programming sequence from POR involves:

1. Toggle RESETn pin High-Low-High

2. Program all registers with Register 0x0011 bit 0 = 0

–

Register 0x85 = 0x00

Register 0x86 = 0x00

Register 0xF6 = 0x02

3. Program Register 0x0011 bit 0 = 1 to start the device

4. Enable PLL2 digital lock detect

–

0xAD = 0x30

Delay 20 ms

0xAD = 0x00

Also refer to Power-Up Sequence.

9.5.1.1 Readback

Readback of the complete register content is possible.

58

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6 Register Maps

9.6.1 Register Map for Device Programming

Table 24 provides the register map for device programming. Any register can be read from the same data

address it is written to.

Table 24. Register Map

ADDRESS

[15:0]

DATA

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

ADDR_ASCEN

D

SDO_ACTIVE_C ADDR_ASCEND LSB_FIRST_C

0x00

SWRST

LSB_FIRST

SDO_ACTIVE

RSRVD

SWRST_CPY

RSRVD1

PY

_CPY

PY

0x01

0x02

0x03

0x04

0x05

0x06

0x07

0x08

0x09

0x0A

0x0B

0x0C

0x0D

0x0E

0x0F

RSRVD

RSRVD2[1:0]

DEVID[1:0]

CHIPTYPE[3:0]

CHIPID[15:8]

CHIPID[7:0]

CHIPVER[7:0]

RSRVD

RSRVD3

RSRVD4

RSRVD5

RSRVD6

RSRVD7

RSRVD

VENDORID[15:8]

VENDORID[7:0]

RSRVD

RSRVD8

RSRVD9

CLKINBLK_LOS

LDO_EN

0x10

0x11

RSRVD

OUTCH_MUTE

RSRVD

CH8TO15EN

CH0TO7EN

PLL2EN

PLL1EN

DEV_STARTU

P

RSRVD

PLL2_DIG_CL PORCLKAFTE

0x12

0x13

0x14

DIG_CLK_EN

K_EN

RLOCK

RSRVD

PLL2_REF_DIGCLK_DIV[4:0]

EN_SYNC_PIN_

GLOBAL_CON GLOBAL_SYSR INV_SYNC_INP

GLOBAL_SYN

C

SYNC_PIN_FUNC[1:0]

FUNC

T_SYSREF

EF

UT_SYNC_CLK

CLKIN_STAGGE

R_EN

CLKINSEL1_IN

V

0x15

0x16

0x17

0x18

0x19

0x1A

RSRVD

CLKIN_SWRST

RSRVD

CLKINBLK_ALL

_EN

CLKINBLK_EN_ CLKINBLK_EN_

CLKINSEL1_MODE[1:0]

RSRVD

BUF_CLK_PLL

BUF_BYP_PLL

CLKIN0_PLL1_ CLKIN0_LOS_

CLKIN0_SE_MO

DE

RSRVD

CLKIN0_EN

CLKIN0_PRIO[2:0]

CLKIN1_PRIO[2:0]

CLKIN2_PRIO[2:0]

CLKIN3_PRIO[2:0]

INV

FRQ_DBL_EN

CLKIN1_PLL1_ CLKIN1_LOS_

CLKIN1_SE_MO

DE

CLKIN1_EN

CLKIN2_EN

CLKIN3_EN

INV FRQ_DBL_EN

CLKIN2_PLL1_ CLKIN2_LOS_

INV FRQ_DBL_EN

CLKIN2_SE_MO

DE

CLKIN3_PLL1_ CLKIN3_LOS_

INV FRQ_DBL_EN

CLKIN3_SE_MO

DE

0x1B

0x1C

0x1D

0x1E

0x1F

0x20

0x21

0x22

0x23

0x24

CLKIN0_PLL1_RDIV[15:8]

CLKIN0_PLL1_RDIV[7:0]

CLKIN1_PLL1_RDIV[15:8]

CLKIN1_PLL1_RDIV[7:0]

CLKIN2_PLL1_RDIV[15:8]

CLKIN2_PLL1_RDIV[7:0]

CLKIN3_PLL1_RDIV[15:8]

CLKIN3_PLL1_RDIV[7:0]

CLKIN0_LOS_REC_CNT[7:0]

CLKIN0_LOS_LAT_SEL[7:0]

59

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Register Maps (continued)

Table 24. Register Map (continued)

ADDRESS

0x25

DATA

CLKIN1_LOS_REC_CNT[7:0]

CLKIN1_LOS_LAT_SEL[7:0]

CLKIN2_LOS_REC_CNT[7:0]

CLKIN2_LOS_LAT_SEL[7:0]

CLKIN3_LOS_REC_CNT[7:0]

CLKIN3_LOS_LAT_SEL[7:0]

0x26

0x27

0x28

0x29

0x2A

0x2B

0x2C

0x2D

RSRVD

SW_REFINSEL[3:0]

RSRVD

SW_CLKLOS_TMR[4:0]

SW_LOS_CH_SEL[3:0]

SW_ALLREFSON_TMR[4:0]

OSCIN_PD_LD OSCIN_SE_MO OSCIN_BUF_TO OSCIN_OSCINS OSCIN_BUF_ OSCIN_BUF_L

0x2E

0x2F

RSRVD

O

DE _OSCOUT_EN TAGE_EN REF_EN OS_EN

OSCOUT_LVCM OSCOUT_DIV

OS_WEAK_DRI _REGCONTR

OSCOUT_SEL_ OSCOUT_DIV_ OSCOUT_SW OSCOUT_SEL

VBG CLKEN RST _SRC

OSCOUT_PINSEL_DIV[1:0]

VE

OL

0x30

0x31

OSCOUT_DIV[7:0]

OSCOUT_DRV_MODE[5:0]

OSCOUT_DRV_MUTE[1:0]

CH1415_SWRS CH1213_SWR CH1011_SWR

0x32

0x33

0x34

0x35

0x36

0x37

0x38

0x39

0x3A

0x3B

0x3C

0x3D

0x3E

0x3F

0x40

0x41

0x42

CH89_SWRST

CH67_SWRST

CH45_SWRST CH23_SWRST CH01_SWRST

T

ST ST

OUTCH01_LDO OUTCH01_LD

_BYP_MODE O_MASK

OUTCH0_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH2_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH4_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH6_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH8_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH10_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH12_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH14_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

DIV_DCC_EN_ OUTCH01_DIV

CH0_1 _CLKEN

OUTCH1_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH3_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH5_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH7_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH9_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH11_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH13_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH15_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

OUTCH23_LDO OUTCH23_LD

_BYP_MODE O_MASK

DIV_DCC_EN_ OUTCH23_DIV

CH2_3 _CLKEN

OUTCH45_LDO OUTCH45_LD

_BYP_MODE O_MASK

DIV_DCC_EN_ OUTCH45_DIV

CH4_5 _CLKEN

OUTCH67_LDO OUTCH67_LD

_BYP_MODE O_MASK

DIV_DCC_EN_ OUTCH67_DIV

CH6_7 _CLKEN

OUTCH89_LDO OUTCH89_LD

_BYP_MODE O_MASK

DIV_DCC_EN_ OUTCH89_DIV

CH8_9 _CLKEN

OUTCH1011_LD OUTCH1011_L

O_BYP_MODE DO_MASK

DIV_DCC_EN_ OUTCH1011_

CH10_11 DIV_CLKEN

OUTCH1213_LD OUTCH1213_L

O_BYP_MODE DO_MASK

DIV_DCC_EN_ OUTCH1213_

CH12_13 DIV_CLKEN

OUTCH1415_LD OUTCH1415_L

O_BYP_MODE DO_MASK

DIV_DCC_EN_ OUTCH1415_

CH14_15 DIV_CLKEN

0x43

0x44

0x45

0x46

0x47

0x48

0x49

OUTCH01_DIV[15:8]

OUTCH01_DIV[7:0]

OUTCH23_DIV[15:8]

OUTCH23_DIV[7:0]

OUTCH45_DIV[15:8]

OUTCH45_DIV[7:0]

OUTCH67_DIV[15:8]

60

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Register Maps (continued)

Table 24. Register Map (continued)

ADDRESS

0x4A

DATA

OUTCH67_DIV[7:0]

OUTCH89_DIV[15:8]

OUTCH89_DIV[7:0]

OUTCH1011_DIV[15:8]

OUTCH1011_DIV[7:0]

OUTCH1213_DIV[15:8]

OUTCH1213_DIV[7:0]

OUTCH1415_DIV[15:8]

OUTCH1415_DIV[7:0]

0x4B

0x4C

0x4D

0x4E

0x4F

0x50

0x51

0x52

OUTCH1415_DI OUTCH1213_

0x53

OUTCH1011_ OUTCH89_DIV_ OUTCH67_DIV_ OUTCH45_DIV_ OUTCH23_DIV OUTCH01_DIV

V_INV

DIV_INV

INV

_INV

PLL1_EN_RE

GULATION

PLL1_DIR_POS

_GAIN

0x54

0x55

0x56

0x57

PLL1_F_30

PLL1_PD_LD

PLL1_LDO_WAIT_TMR[3:0]

PLL1_PFD_DO

WN_HOLDOV

ER

PLL1_LCKDET_ PLL1_FAST_L PLL1_LCKDET PLL1_FBCLK_IN

PLL1_PFD_UP

_HOLDOVER

RSRVD

PLL1_BYP_LOS

BY_32

OCK

_LOS_MASK

V

PLL1_LOL_NOR PLL1_RDIV_CL PLL1_RDIV_4C PLL1_NDIV_C PLL1_NDIV_4

RSRVD

ESET

KEN

Y

LKEN

CY

PLL1_HOLDO

VER_DLD_SW

RST

PLL1_HOLDO

PLL1_RDIV_SW PLL1_NDIV_SW PLL1_HOLDOV

RSRVD

VER_LOCKDE PLL1_SWRST

T_SWRST

RST

ERCNT_SWRST

0x58

0x59

0x5A

0x5B

PLL1_LD_WNDW_SIZE[7:0]

PLL1_INTG_FL [3:0]

PLL1_INTG [3:0]

RSRVD

PLL1_PROP[6:0]

PLL1_PROP_FL[6:0]

PLL1_STARTU

P_HOLDOVER

_EN

PLL1_HOLDOV PLL1_HOLDOV

ER_RAIL_MOD ER_MAX_CNT_

PLL1_HOLDO PLL1_HOLDO

VER_LCKDET VER_RAILDET

PLL1_HOLDOV

ER_EN

PLL1_HOLDO

VER_FORCE

PLL1_HOLDOV

ER_LOS_MASK

0x5C

E

EN

_MASK

_EN

0x5D

0x5E

0x5F

0x60

0x61

0x62

0x63

0x64

0x65

0x66

0x67

0x68

0x69

0x6A

PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAX_CNT[31:24]

PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAX_CNT[23:16]

PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAX_CNT[15:8]

PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAX_CNT[7:0]

PLL1_NDIV[15:8]

PLL1_NDIV[7:0]

PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT[23:16]

PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT[15:8]

PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT[7:0]

RSRVD

PLL1_STORAGE_CELL[5:0]

RSRVD

PLL1_RC_CLK_

EN

0x6B

0x6C

0x6D

0x6E

RSRVD

PLL1_RC_CLK_DIV[2:0]

PLL2_BYP_BO PLL2_GLOBAL

PLL2_VCO_PRE

SC_LOW_POW PLL2_BYP_OSC PLL2_BYP_TOP

ER

T

_BYP

PLL2_EN_PULS PLL2_RDIV_B PLL2_DBL_EN PLL2_PD_VARB PLL2_SMART_T PLL2_LCKDET_ PLL2_RDIV_D

E_GEN YP _INV IAS RIM LOS_MASK BL_EN

PLL2_PD_LD

PLL2_EN_BUF

_CLK_BOTTO

M

PLL2_BYP_SYN PLL2_BYP_SY PLL2_EN_BYP PLL2_EN_BUF_ PLL2_EN_BUF_ PLL2_EN_BUF_ PLL2_EN_BUF

C_TOP

NC_BOTTOM

_BUF

SYNC_TOP

SYNC_BOTTOM

OSCOUT

_CLK_TOP

PLL2_RDIV_SW PLL2_NDIV_S

RST WRST

0x6F

0x70

RSRVD

PLL2_SWRST

PLL2_C4_LF_SEL[3:0]

PLL2_R4_LF_SEL[3:0]

61

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Register Maps (continued)

Table 24. Register Map (continued)

ADDRESS

DATA

0x71

0x72

0x73

0x74

0x75

0x76

0x77

0x78

0x7D

0x7E

PLL2_C3_LF_SEL[3:0]

PLL2_R3_LF_SEL[3:0]

PLL2_PROP[5:0]

RSRVD

PLL2_NDIV[15:8]

PLL2_NDIV[7:0]

PLL2_RDIV[15:8]

PLL2_RDIV[7:0]

PLL2_STRG_INITVAL[15:8]

PLL2_STRG_INITVAL[7:0]

RSRVD

RAILDET_UPP[5:0]

RAILDET_LOW[5:0]

PLL2_AC_CAL

_EN

PLL2_AC_RE PLL2_FAST_A

0x7F

RSRVD

PLL2_PD_AC

PLL2_IDACSET_RECAL[1:0]

Q

CAL

0x80

0x81

0x82

0x83

0x84

0x85

0x86

0x87

0x88

0x89

0x8A

0x8B

0x8C

RSRVD

PLL2_INTG[4:0]

PLL2_AC_THRESHOLD[4:0]

PLL2_AC_STRT_THRESHOLD[4:0]

PLL2_AC_CMP_WAIT[3:0]

RSRVD

PLL2_AC_INIT_WAIT[3:0]

PLL2_AC_JUMP_STEP[3:0]

PLL2_LD_WNDW_SIZE[7:0]

PLL2_LD_WNDW_SIZE_INITIAL[7:0]

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT[23:16]

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT[15:8]

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT[7:0]

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_INITIAL[23:16]

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_INITIAL[15:8]

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_INITIAL[7:0]

SPI_SDIO_OUT

PUT_WEAK_DR

IVE

SPI_EN_THREE

SPI_SDIO_OUT SPI_SDIO_OUT

PUT_MUTE PUT_INV

SPI_SDIO_EN SPI_SDIO_EN

0x8D

RSRVD

_WIRE_IF

_PULLUP

_PULLDOWN

SPI_SCL_EN_P SPI_SCL_EN_P SPI_SCS_EN_ SPI_SCS_EN_

0x8E

0x8F

0x90

0x91

ULLUP

ULLDOWN

PULLUP

PULLDOWN

SPI_SDIO_OU SPI_SDIO_EN SPI_SDIO_EN_

TPUT_HIZ B_INSTAGE ML_INSTAGE

SPI_SDIO_OUT SPI_SDIO_INP SPI_SDIO_INP

PUT_DATA

RSRVD

UT_Y12

UT_M12

SPI_SCL_ENB SPI_SCL_EN_M

_INSTAGE L_INSTAGE

SPI_SCL_INP

UT_Y12

SPI_SCL_INP

UT_M12

RSRVD

SPI_SCS_ENB SPI_SCS_EN_M

_INSTAGE L_INSTAGE

SPI_SCS_INP SPI_SCS_INP

UT_Y12 UT_M12

STATUS0_OUT

PUT_WEAK_DR

IVE

STATUS0_OUT STATUS0_OUT

PUT_MUTE PUT_INV

STATUS0_EN STATUS0_EN

_PULLUP _PULLDOWN

0x92

0x93

STATUS0_MUX_SEL[2:0]

STATUS1_MUX_SEL[2:0]

STATUS1_OUT

PUT_WEAK_DR

IVE

STATUS1_OUT STATUS1_OUT

PUT_MUTE PUT_INV

STATUS1_EN STATUS1_EN

_PULLUP _PULLDOWN

0x94

0x95

STATUS1_INT_MUX[7:0]

STATUS0_INT_MUX[7:0]

PLL2_REF_CLK

_EN

0x96

0x97

0x98

RSRVD

PLL2_REF_STATCLK_DIV[2:0]

STATUS0_OU STATUS0_EN STATUS0_EN_

TPUT_HIZ B_INSTAGE ML_INSTAGE

STATUS0_OUT STATUS0_INP STATUS0_INP

RSRVD

PUT_DATA

UT_Y12

UT_M12

STATUS1_OU STATUS1_EN STATUS1_EN_

STATUS1_OUT STATUS1_INP STATUS1_INP

PUT_DATA UT_Y12 UT_M12

TPUT_HIZ

B_INSTAGE

ML_INSTAGE

SYNC_OUTPUT SYNC_OUTPUT SYNC_OUTPUT SYNC_EN_PU SYNC_EN_PU

0x99

0x9A

0x9B

SYNC_MUX_SEL[2:0]

_MUTE

_INV

_WEAK_DRIVE

LLUP

LLDOWN

RSRVD

CLKINSEL1_E CLKINSEL1_E

N_PULLUP N_PULLDOWN

RSRVD

62

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Register Maps (continued)

Table 24. Register Map (continued)

ADDRESS

DATA

CLKINSEL1_E CLKINSEL1_EN

CLKINSEL1_IN CLKINSEL1_IN

0x9C

0xAC

0xAD

0xAF

0xB0

0xBE

RSRVD

NB_INSTAGE

_ML_INSTAGE

PUT_Y12

PUT_M12

PLL1_TSTMOD

E_REF_FB_EN

RSRVD

PLL2_TSTMOD

E_REF_FB_EN

RSRVD

RESET_PLL2_DLD[1:0]

PD_VCO_LDO[1:0]

PLL2_RDIV_C

LKEN

RSRVD

PLL2_NDIV_C

LKEN

HOLDOVER_DL HOLDOVER_LO HOLDOVER_LO PLL2_LCK_DE PLL1_LCK_DE

RSRVD

LOS

D

L

S

T

0xF6

0xFD

RSRVD

PLL2_DLD_EN

RSRVD

OUTCH01_DDLY[7:0]

OUTCH23_DDLY[7:0]

OUTCH45_DDLY[7:0]

OUTCH67_DDLY[7:0]

OUTCH89_DDLY[7:0]

OUTCH1011_DDLY[7:0]

OUTCH1213_DDLY[7:0]

OUTCH1415_DDLY[7:0]

0xFF

0x101

0x103

0x105

0x107

0x109

0x10B

CH0_ADLY_E

N

0x10C

0x10D

0x10E

0x10F

0x110

0x111

0x112

0x113

0x114

0x115

0x116

0x117

0x118

0x119

0x11A

RSRVD

CH0_ADLY[4:0]

CH1_ADLY[4:0]

CH2_ADLY[4:0]

CH3_ADLY[4:0]

CH4_ADLY[4:0]

CH5_ADLY[4:0]

CH6_ADLY[4:0]

CH7_ADLY[4:0]

CH8_ADLY[4:0]

CH9_ADLY[4:0]

CH10_ADLY[4:0]

CH11_ADLY[4:0]

CH12_ADLY[4:0]

CH13_ADLY[4:0]

CH14_ADLY[4:0]

CH15_ADLY[4:0]

RSRVD

CH1_ADLY_E

N

CH2_ADLY_E

N

CH3_ADLY_E

N

CH4_ADLY_E

N

CH5_ADLY_E

N

CH6_ADLY_E

N

CH7_ADLY_E

N

CH8_ADLY_E

N

CH9_ADLY_E

N

CH10_ADLY_E

N

CH11_ADLY_E

N

CH12_ADLY_E

N

CH13_ADLY_E

N

CH14_ADLY_E

N

CH15_ADLY_E

N

0x11B

0x124

RSRVD

SYSREF_BYP

_ANALOGDLY SYNC_EN_CH

_GATING_CH0

_1

CLKMUX[3:0]

SYSREF_BYP_

DYNDIGDLY_G

ATING_CH0_1

0x127

HS_EN_CH0_1

DRIV_1_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_0_SLEW[1:0]

0_1

63

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Register Maps (continued)

Table 24. Register Map (continued)

ADDRESS

DATA

SYSREF_BYP

SYSREF_BYP_

_ANALOGDLY SYNC_EN_CH

0x128

0x129

0x12A

0x12B

0x12C

0x12D

0x12E

DYNDIGDLY_G

ATING_CH2_3

HS_EN_CH2_3

HS_EN_CH4_5

HS_EN_CH6_7

HS_EN_CH8_9

DRIV_3_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_5_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_7_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_9_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_11_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_13_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_15_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_2_SLEW[1:0]

_GATING_CH2

_3

2_3

SYSREF_BYP

_ANALOGDLY SYNC_EN_CH

SYSREF_BYP_

DYNDIGDLY_G

ATING_CH4_5

DRIV_4_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_6_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_8_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_10_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_12_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_14_SLEW[1:0]

_GATING_CH4

_5

4_5

SYSREF_BYP

_ANALOGDLY SYNC_EN_CH

SYSREF_BYP_

DYNDIGDLY_G

ATING_CH6_7

_GATING_CH6

_7

6_7

SYSREF_BYP

_ANALOGDLY SYNC_EN_CH

SYSREF_BYP_

DYNDIGDLY_G

ATING_CH8_9

_GATING_CH8

_9

8_9

SYSREF_BYP_ SYSREF_BYP

DYNDIGDLY_G _ANALOGDLY SYNC_EN_CH HS_EN_CH10_1

ATING_CH10_1 _GATING_CH1 10_11

0_11

1

SYSREF_BYP_ SYSREF_BYP

DYNDIGDLY_G _ANALOGDLY SYNC_EN_CH HS_EN_CH12_1

ATING_CH12_1 _GATING_CH1 12_13

2_13

3

SYSREF_BYP_ SYSREF_BYP

DYNDIGDLY_G _ANALOGDLY SYNC_EN_CH HS_EN_CH14_1

ATING_CH14_1 _GATING_CH1

14_15

5

4_15

0x12F

0x130

0x131

0x132

0x133

0x134

0x135

0x136

0x137

0x138

0x139

0x13A

0x13B

0x13C

0x13D

0x13E

0x140

0x141

RSRVD

DYN_DDLY_CH0[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH1[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH2[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH3[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH4[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH5[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH6[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH7[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH8[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH9[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH10[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH11[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH12[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH13[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH14[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH15[2:0]

RSRVD

OUTCH_SYSREF_PLSCNT[5:0]

SYNC_INT_MUX[7:0]

SYNC_OUTPU SYNC_ENB_IN SYNC_EN_ML_I

SYNC_OUTPUT SYNC_INPUT_ SYNC_INPUT_

0x142

0x143

0x146

RSRVD

T_HIZ

STAGE

NSTAGE

_DATA

Y12

M12

FBBUF_CH6_E

N

FBBUF_CH9_

EN

RSRVD

PLL2_NBYPAS

S_DIV2_FB

PLL2_PRESCALER[3:0]

PLL1_CLKINSE

PLL2_FBDIV_MUXSEL[1:0]

PLL1_SYNC_H PLL1_STATUS PLL1_STATUS

0x149

RSRVD

L1_ML_HOLDO

VER

OLDOVER

1_HOLDOVER 0_HOLDOVER

SYNC_ANALO

SYNC_INV

GDLY_EN

0x14A

0x14B

RSRVD

SYNC_ANALOGDLY[4:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH DYN_DDLY_C DYN_DDLY_C DYN_DDLY_CH DYN_DDLY_CH DYN_DDLY_CH DYN_DDLY_C DYN_DDLY_C

15_EN H14_EN H13_EN 12_EN 11_EN 10_EN H9_EN H8_EN

64

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Register Maps (continued)

Table 24. Register Map (continued)

ADDRESS

DATA

DYN_DDLY_CH DYN_DDLY_C DYN_DDLY_C DYN_DDLY_CH DYN_DDLY_CH DYN_DDLY_CH DYN_DDLY_C DYN_DDLY_C

7_EN H6_EN H5_EN 4_EN 3_EN 2_EN H1_EN H0_EN

0x14C

0x14E

0x150

0x151

SYSREF_EN_C SYSREF_EN_ SYSREF_EN_ SYSREF_EN_C SYSREF_EN_C SYSREF_EN_C SYSREF_EN_ SYSREF_EN_

H14_15

CH12_13

RSRVD

CH10_11

H8_9

H6_7

H4_5

PLL2_PROG_PFD_RESET[2:0]

PLL2_CP_EN_S

CH2_3

CH0_1

PLL2_PFD_DIS_

SAMPLE

RSRVD

PLL2_RFILT

RSRVD

PLL2_CPROP[1:0]

AMPLE_BYP

PLL2_EN_FILTE

R

0x152

0x153

PLL2_CSAMPLE[2:0]

PLL2_CFILT

9.6.2 Device Register Descriptions

The following section details the fields of each register, the Power On Reset Defaults, and specific descriptions of

each bit.

In some cases similar fields are located in multiple registers. In this case specific outputs may be designated as

X or Y. In these cases the X will represent even numbers from 0 to 12 and the Y will represent odd numbers

from 1 to 13. In the case where X and Y are both used in a bit name, then Y = X + 1.

9.6.2.1 CONFIGA

The CONFIGA Register provides control of the SPI operation. The data written to this register must always be

symmetrical otherwise the write will not take place, that is, Bit0=Bit7, Bit1=Bit6, Bit2=Bit5, Bit3=Bit4. Back to

Register Map.

Table 25. Register - 0x00

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Software Reset. Writing a 1 to SWRST will reset the device

apart from the SPI programmable registers. SWRST is

automatically cleared to 0.

[7]

SWRST

RWSC

0

Least Significant Bit First. This feature is not support, register

data is always transmitted MSB first.

[6]

[5]

LSB_FIRST

RW

0

Address Increment Ascending. When set to 1 the address in

streaming transactions is incremented by 1 after each data

byte. When set to 0 the address is decremented by 1 in

streaming transactions.

ADDR_ASCEND

[4]

[3]

SDO_ACTIVE

RW

0

SDO Active. SDO is always active. This bit always reads 1.

SDO Active. Must be programmed equal to bit 4.

SDO_ACTIVE_CPY

Address Increment Ascending. Must be programmed equal

to bit 5.

[2]

ADDR_ASCEND_CPY

RW

0

Least Significant Bit First. Must be programmed equal to bit

6.

[1]

[0]

LSB_FIRST_CPY

SWRST_CPY

RW

0

RWSC

Software Reset. Must be programmed equal to bit 7.

9.6.2.2 RESERVED1

Reserved Register space. Back to Register Map.

Table 26. Register - 0x01

BIT NO.

[7:1]

FIELD

RSRVD

RSRVD1

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[0]

R

0

Reserved for compatibility.

65

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.3 RESERVED2

Reserved Register space. Back to Register Map.

Table 27. Register - 0x02

BIT NO.

[7:2]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[1:0]

RSRVD2[1:0]

R

0x0

Reserved for compatibility.

9.6.2.4 CHIP_TYPE

The CHIP_TYPE Register defines the nature of this device. Back to Register Map.

Table 28. Register - 0x03

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Device Identification. Indicates the device partname

DEVID - Device

0 - LMK04616

1 - LMK04610

[7:6]

DEVID[1:0]

R

0x0

[5:4]

[3:0]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

CHIPTYPE[3:0]

R

0x6

Chip Type. Indicates that this is a PLL Device.

9.6.2.5 CHIP_ID_BY1

The CHIP_ID is a vendor specific field recorded in registers CHIP_ID_BY1 and CHIP_ID_BY0. Back to Register

Map.

Table 29. Register - 0x04

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

CHIPID[15:8]

R

0x38

CHIP Identification.

9.6.2.6 CHIP_ID_BY0

The CHIP_ID lower byte is recorded in CHIP_ID_BY1 Back to Register Map.

Table 30. Register - 0x05

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

CHIPID[7:0]

R

0x3

CHIP Identification.

9.6.2.7 CHIP_VER

The CHIP_VER Register records the mask set revision. Back to Register Map.

Table 31. Register - 0x06

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

CHIPVER[7:0]

R

0x15

CHIP Version.

9.6.2.8 RESERVED3

Reserved Register space. Back to Register Map.

Table 32. Register - 0x07

BIT NO.

[7:1]

FIELD

RSRVD

RSRVD3

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[0]

R

0

Reserved for compatibility.

66

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.9 RESERVED4

Reserved Register space. Back to Register Map.

Table 33. Register - 0x08

BIT NO.

[7:1]

FIELD

RSRVD

RSRVD4

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[0]

R

0

Reserved for compatibility.

9.6.2.10 RESERVED5

Reserved Register space. Back to Register Map.

Table 34. Register - 0x09

BIT NO.

[7:1]

FIELD

RSRVD

RSRVD5

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[0]

R

0

Reserved for compatibility.

9.6.2.11 RESERVED6

Reserved Register space. Back to Register Map.

Table 35. Register - 0x0A

BIT NO.

[7:1]

FIELD

RSRVD

RSRVD6

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[0]

R

0

Reserved for compatibility.

9.6.2.12 RESERVED7

Reserved Register space. Back to Register Map.

Table 36. Register - 0x0B

BIT NO.

[7:1]

FIELD

RSRVD

RSRVD7

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[0]

R

0

Reserved for compatibility.

9.6.2.13 VENDOR_ID_BY1

The VENDOR_ID field is recorded in registers VENDOR_ID_BY1 and VENDOR_ID_BY0. Back to Register Map.

Table 37. Register - 0x0C

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

VENDORID[15:8]

R

0x51

Vendor Identification.

9.6.2.14 VENDOR_ID_BY0

VENDOR_ID Lower Byte. Back to Register Map.

Table 38. Register - 0x0D

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

VENDORID[7:0]

R

0x8

Vendor Identification.

67

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.15 RESERVED8

Reserved Register space. Back to Register Map.

Table 39. Register - 0x0E

BIT NO.

[7:1]

FIELD

RSRVD

RSRVD8

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[0]

R

0

Reserved for compatibility.

9.6.2.16 RESERVED9

Reserved Register space. Back to Register Map.

Table 40. Register - 0x0F

BIT NO.

[7:1]

FIELD

RSRVD

RSRVD9

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[0]

R

0

Reserved for compatibility.

9.6.2.17 STARTUP_CFG

The STARTUP_CFG Register provides control of the device operation at startup. Back to Register Map.

Table 41. Register - 0x10

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:6]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Output Channel Mute. When OUTCH_MUTE is 1 the output

drivers are disabled until the PLL's have locked.

[5]

OUTCH_MUTE

RW

0

[4]

[3]

[2]

[1]

[0]

CLKINBLK_LOSLDO_EN

CH8TO15EN

CH0TO7EN

RW

1

Enable LOS LDO during the startup sequence.

Enable Channels 8 to 15 during the startup sequence.

Enable Channels 0 to 7 during the startup sequence.

Activate PLL2 during the startup sequence.

PLL2EN

PLL1EN

Activate PLL1 during the startup sequence.

9.6.2.18 STARTUP

The STARTUP Register allows device activation to be triggered. Back to Register Map.

Table 42. Register - 0x11

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:1]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Device Startup. When DEV_STARTUP is 1 the device

activation sequence is triggered. The device modules that

are automatically enabled during the sequence is determined

by the STARTUP_CFG register. If DEV_STARTUP is 1 on

exit from software reset then the startup sequence will also

be triggered.

[0]

DEV_STARTUP

RW

0

9.6.2.19 DIGCLKCTRL

The DIGCLKCTRL Register allows control of the digital system clock. Back to Register Map.

Table 43. Register - 0x12

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Digital Clock Enable. When DIG_CLK_EN is 1 the digital

system clock is active. When DIG_CLK_EN is 0 the digital

system clock is disabled.

[2]

DIG_CLK_EN

RW

1

68

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Table 43. Register - 0x12 (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[1]

PLL2_DIG_CLK_EN

RW

1

Enable PLL2 Digital Clock Buffer.

POR Clock behaviour after Lock. If PORCLKAFTERLOCK is

0 then the system clock is switched from the POR Clock to

the PLL2 Digital Clock after lock and the POR Clock

oscillator is disabled. If PORCLKAFTERLOCK is 1 then the

POR Clock will remain as the digital system clock regardless

of the PLL Lock state.

[0]

PORCLKAFTERLOCK

RW

0

9.6.2.20 PLL2REFCLKDIV

The PLL2REFCLKDIV Register controls the PLL2 Reference Clock Divider value. Back to Register Map.

Table 44. Register - 0x13

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:5]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

PLL2 Ref Clock Divider for Digital Clock. Defines the divider

ratio for the PLL2 Reference Clock that can be used as the

digital system clock.

PLL2_REF_DIGCLK_DIV - Divider Value

b00000 - 32

PLL2_REF_DIGCLK_DIV[4:0

]

[4:0]

RW

0x0

b00001 - 16

b00010 - 8

b00100 - 4

b01000 - 2

b10000 - 1

9.6.2.21 GLBL_SYNC_SYSREF

The GLBL_SYNC_SYSREF Register provides software control of the SYSREF and SYNC features. Back to

Register Map.

Table 45. Register - 0x14

BIT NO.

[7]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Enable SYNC_SYSREF features at SYNC pin.

Reserved.

EN_SYNC_PIN_FUNC

RSRVD

0

-

[6]

-

[5]

GLOBAL_CONT_SYSREF

GLOBAL_SYSREF

RW

0

Enable continuous sysref.

Trigger sysref. Self-clearing.

[4]

RWSC

INV_SYNC_INPUT_SYNC_C

LK

Invert the internal syncronization clock for SYNC input sync

(For PLL1 N- and R-Divider Reset)

[3]

[2:1]

[0]

RW

0

0x0

0

SYNC input pin function.

SYNC_PIN_FUNC - Function

00 - SYNC output channels

01 - Sysref Request

10 - Reset PLL1 N- and R-Divider

11 - Reserved

SYNC_PIN_FUNC[1:0]

GLOBAL_SYNC

Global SW SYNC. Writing '1' puts the Device into SYNC

mode. Writing '0' exits SYNC mode.

9.6.2.22 CLKIN_CTRL0

The CLKIN_CTRL0 Register provides control of CLK Input features. Back to Register Map.

Table 46. Register - 0x15

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:4]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

69

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Table 46. Register - 0x15 (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CLKINBLK Staggered Activation/De-Activation. When

CLKIN_STAGGER_EN is 1 the input clock stages are

activated and de-activated one at a time.

[3]

CLKIN_STAGGER_EN

RW

1

CLKINBLK Software Reset. Writing a 1 to CLKIN_SWRST

will reset reset the CLKIN Block. The CLKIN_SWRST is

cleared automatically to 0.

[2]

[1]

CLKIN_SWRST

RSRVD

RWSC

-

0

-

Reserved.

CLKIN_SEL Invert.

CLKINSEL1_INV - Polarity

0 - Non-Inverted

[0]

CLKINSEL1_INV

RW

0

1 - Inverted

9.6.2.23 CLKIN_CTRL1

The CLKIN_CTRL1 Register provides control of CLK Input features. Back to Register Map.

Table 47. Register - 0x16

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CLK Inputs All Enabled after Clock Switch. If

CLKINBLK_ALL_EN is 1 then all clock input paths remain

enabled after a valid clock has been selected. If

CLKINBLK_ALL_EN is 0 then the clock paths are disabled

apart from the selected clock.

[7]

CLKINBLK_ALL_EN

RW

0

CLK Input Select Mode.

CLKINSEL1_MODE - CLOCK Selection Mode

[6:5]

CLKINSEL1_MODE[1:0]

RW

0x0

0 - Auto

1 - Pin

2 - Register

CLKINBLK_EN_BUF_CLK_P

LL

[4]

[3]

RW

0

Clock Buffer for PLL1 Enable.

CLKINBLK_EN_BUF_BYP_P

LL

Clock Buffer for PLL2 Enable (PLL1 By-Passed).

[2]

[1]

[0]

RSRVD

RW

0

Reserved.

9.6.2.24 CLKIN0CTRL

The CLKIN0CTRL Register provides control of the CLK0 input path. Back to Register Map.

Table 48. Register - 0x17

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Inverts CLKIN0_PLL1_RDIV.

0=Non-Inverted

[6]

CLKIN0_PLL1_INV

RW

1

1=Inverted

[5]

[4]

CLKIN0_LOS_FRQ_DBL_EN

CLKIN0_EN

RW

0

CLKIN0 Loss of Source Frequency Doubler Enable.

CLKIN0 Input Stage Enable (not clk buffer).

CLKIN0 Signal Mode.

CLKIN0_SE_MODE - Signal Mode Selection

0 - Differential

[3]

CLKIN0_SE_MODE

RW

1

1 - Single-ended

70

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

BIT NO.

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Table 48. Register - 0x17 (continued)

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CLKIN0 Priority.

CLKIN0_PRIO - Clock Priority

0 - Clock Disabled

1 - Priority 1 - Highest

2 - Priority 2

[2:0]

CLKIN0_PRIO[2:0]

RW

0x1

3 - Priority 3

4 - Priority 4 - Lowest

9.6.2.25 CLKIN1CTRL

The CLKIN1CTRL Register provides control of the CLK1 input path. Back to Register Map.

Table 49. Register - 0x18

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Inverts CLKIN1_PLL1_RDIV.

0=Non-Inverted

[6]

CLKIN1_PLL1_INV

RW

1

1=Inverted

[5]

[4]

CLKIN1_LOS_FRQ_DBL_EN

CLKIN1_EN

RW

0

CLKIN1 Loss of Source Frequency Doubler Enable.

CLKIN1 Input Stage Enable. (not clk buffer).

CLKIN1 Signal Mode.

CLKIN1_SE_MODE - Signal Mode Selection

0 - Differential

[3]

CLKIN1_SE_MODE

RW

1

1 - Single-ended

CLKIN1 Priority.

CLKIN1_PRIO - Clock Priority

0 - Clock Disabled

1 - Priority 1 - Highest

2 - Priority 2

[2:0]

CLKIN1_PRIO[2:0]

RW

0x2

3 - Priority 3

4 - Priority 4 - Lowest

9.6.2.26 CLKIN2CTRL

The CLKIN2CTRL Register provides control of the CLK2 input path. Back to Register Map.

Table 50. Register - 0x19

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Inverts CLKIN2_PLL1_RDIV.

0=Non-Inverted

[6]

CLKIN2_PLL1_INV

RW

0

1=Inverted

[5]

[4]

CLKIN2_LOS_FRQ_DBL_EN

CLKIN2_EN

RW

0

CLKIN2 Loss of Source Frequency Doubler Enable.

CLKIN2 Input Stage Enable. (not clk buffer).

CLKIN2 Signal Mode.

CLKIN2_SE_MODE - Signal Mode Selection

0 - Differential

[3]

CLKIN2_SE_MODE

RW

1

1 - Single-ended

CLKIN2 Priority.

CLKIN2_PRIO - Clock Priority

0 - Clock Disabled

1 - Priority 1 - Highest

2 - Priority 2

[2:0]

CLKIN2_PRIO[2:0]

RW

0x3

3 - Priority 3

4 - Priority 4 - Lowest

71

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.27 CLKIN3CTRL

The CLKIN3CTRL Register provides control of the CLK3 input path. Back to Register Map.

Table 51. Register - 0x1A

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Inverts CLKIN3_PLL1_RDIV.

0=Non-Inverted

[6]

CLKIN3_PLL1_INV

RW

0

1=Inverted

[5]

[4]

CLKIN3_LOS_FRQ_DBL_EN

CLKIN3_EN

RW

0

CLKIN3 Loss of Source Frequency Doubler Enable.

CLKIN3 Input Stage Enable. (not clk buffer).

CLKIN3 Signal Mode.

CLKIN3_SE_MODE - Signal Mode Selection

0 - Differential

[3]

CLKIN3_SE_MODE

RW

1

1 - Single-ended

CLKIN3 Priority.

CLKIN3_PRIO - Clock Priority

0 - Clock Disabled

1 - Priority 1 - Highest

2 - Priority 2

[2:0]

CLKIN3_PRIO[2:0]

RW

0x4

3 - Priority 3

4 - Priority 4 - Lowest

9.6.2.28 CLKIN0RDIV_BY1

The CLKIN0 RDIV Values is determined by CLKIN0RDIV_BY1 and CLKIN0RDIV_BY0. Back to Register Map.

Table 52. Register - 0x1B

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CLKIN0 PLL1 Reference Divider Value.

CLKIN0_PLL1_RDIV - Reference Divider

0 - Reserved

1 - 1

[7:0]

CLKIN0_PLL1_RDIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

.. - ..

65535 - 65535

9.6.2.29 CLKIN0RDIV_BY0

The CLKIN0RDIV_BY0 Register controls the lower 8-bits of the CLKIN0 Reference Divider. Back to Register

Map.

Table 53. Register - 0x1C

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

CLKIN0_PLL1_RDIV[7:0]

RW

0x78

CLKIN0 PLL1 Reference Divider Value.

9.6.2.30 CLKIN1RDIV_BY1

The CLKIN1 RDIV Values is determined by CLKIN1RDIV_BY1 and CLKIN1RDIV_BY0. Back to Register Map.

Table 54. Register - 0x1D

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CLKIN1 PLL1 Reference Divider Value.

CLKIN1_PLL1_RDIV - Reference Divider

0 - Reserved

1 - 1

[7:0]

CLKIN1_PLL1_RDIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

.. - ..

65535 - 65535

72

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.31 CLKIN1RDIV_BY0

The CLKIN1RDIV_BY0 Register controls the lower 8-bits of the CLKIN1 Reference Divider. Back to Register

Map.

Table 55. Register - 0x1E

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

CLKIN1_PLL1_RDIV[7:0]

RW

0x78

CLKIN1 PLL1 Reference Divider Value.

9.6.2.32 CLKIN2RDIV_BY1

The CLKIN2 RDIV Values is determined by CLKIN2RDIV_BY1 and CLKIN2RDIV_BY0. Back to Register Map.

Table 56. Register - 0x1F

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CLKIN2 PLL1 Reference Divider Value.

CLKIN2_PLL1_RDIV - Reference Divider

0 - Reserved

1 - 1

[7:0]

CLKIN2_PLL1_RDIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

.. - ..

65535 - 65535

9.6.2.33 CLKIN2RDIV_BY0

The CLKIN2RDIV_BY0 Register controls the lower 8-bits of the CLKIN2 Reference Divider. Back to Register

Map.

Table 57. Register - 0x20

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

CLKIN2_PLL1_RDIV[7:0]

RW

0x78

CLKIN2 PLL1 Reference Divider Value.

9.6.2.34 CLKIN3RDIV_BY1

The CLKIN3 RDIV Values is determined by CLKIN3RDIV_BY1 and CLKIN3RDIV_BY0. Back to Register Map.

Table 58. Register - 0x21

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CLKIN3 PLL1 Reference Divider Value.

CLKIN3_PLL1_RDIV - Reference Divider

0 - Reserved

1 - 1

[7:0]

CLKIN3_PLL1_RDIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

.. - ..

65535 - 65535

9.6.2.35 CLKIN3RDIV_BY0

The CLKIN3RDIV_BY0 Register controls the lower 8-bits of the CLKIN3 Reference Divider. Back to Register

Map.

Table 59. Register - 0x22

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

CLKIN3_PLL1_RDIV[7:0]

RW

0x78

CLKIN3 PLL1 Reference Divider Value.

73

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.36 CLKIN0LOS_REC_CNT

The CLKIN0LOSCTRL Register sets the CLKIN0 Loss of Source recovery counter value. Back to Register Map.

Table 60. Register - 0x23

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CLKIN0 LOS Recovery Counter Value.

CLKIN0_LOS_REC_CNT - Counter Value

0 - 15+0*16

1 - 15+1*16

2 - 15+2*16

3 - 15+3*16

.. - ..

CLKIN0_LOS_REC_CNT[7:0

]

[7:0]

RW

0x14

255 - 15+255*16

9.6.2.37 CLKIN0LOS_LAT_SEL

The CLKIN0LOS_LAT_SEL Register sets the CLKIN0 Loss of Source latency. Back to Register Map.

Table 61. Register - 0x24

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

CLKIN0_LOS_LAT_SEL[7:0]

RW

0x80

CLKIN0 LOS Max Latency for LOS Detection.

9.6.2.38 CLKIN1LOS_REC_CNT

The CLKIN1LOS_REC_CNT Register sets the CLKIN1 Loss of Source recovery counter value. Back to Register

Map.

Table 62. Register - 0x25

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CLKIN1 LOS Recovery Counter Value.

CLKIN1_LOS_REC_CNT - Counter Value

0 - 15+0*16

1 - 15+1*16

2 - 15+2*16

3 - 15+3*16

.. - ..

CLKIN1_LOS_REC_CNT[7:0

]

[7:0]

RW

0x14

255 - 15+255*16

9.6.2.39 CLKIN1LOS_LAT_SEL

The CLKIN1LOS_LAT_SEL Register sets the CLKIN1 Loss of Source latency. Back to Register Map.

Table 63. Register - 0x26

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

CLKIN1_LOS_LAT_SEL[7:0]

RW

0x80

CLKIN1 LOS Max Latency for LOS Detection.

74

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.40 CLKIN2LOS_REC_CNT

The CLKIN2LOS_REC_CNT Register sets the CLKIN2 Loss of Source recovery counter value. Back to Register

Map.

Table 64. Register - 0x27

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CLKIN2 LOS Recovery Counter Value.

CLKIN2_LOS_REC_CNT - Counter Value

0 - 15+0*16

1 - 15+1*16

2 - 15+2*16

3 - 15+3*16

.. - ..

CLKIN2_LOS_REC_CNT[7:0

]

[7:0]

RW

0x14

255 - 15+255*16

9.6.2.41 CLKIN2LOS_LAT_SEL

The CLKIN2LOS_LAT_SEL Register sets the CLKIN2 Loss of Source latency. Back to Register Map.

Table 65. Register - 0x28

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

CLKIN2_LOS_LAT_SEL[7:0]

RW

0x80

CLKIN2 LOS Max Latency for LOS Detection.

9.6.2.42 CLKIN3LOS_REC_CNT

The CLKIN3LOS_REC_CNT Register sets the CLKIN3 Loss of Source recovery counter value. Back to Register

Map.

Table 66. Register - 0x29

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CLKIN3 LOS Recovery Counter Value.

CLKIN3_LOS_REC_CNT - Counter Value

0 - 15+0*16

1 - 15+1*16

2 - 15+2*16

3 - 15+3*16

.. - ..

CLKIN3_LOS_REC_CNT[7:0

]

[7:0]

RW

0x14

255 - 15+255*16

9.6.2.43 CLKIN3LOS_LAT_SEL

The CLKIN3LOS_LAT_SEL Register sets the CLKIN3 Loss of Source latency. Back to Register Map.

Table 67. Register - 0x2A

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

CLKIN3_LOS_LAT_SEL[7:0]

RW

0x80

CLKIN3 LOS Max Latency for LOS Detection.

9.6.2.44 CLKIN_SWCTRL0

The CLKIN_SWCTRL0 Register provides control of the input settling time after switching to another Ref channel

for Loss Of Signal Inspection. Back to Register Map.

Table 68. Register - 0x2B

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:5]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Wait Time for a Valid LOS Detection. Used during Priority

Switching in Auto CLKin selection mode.

[4:0]

SW_CLKLOS_TMR[4:0]

RW

0x0

75

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.45 CLKIN_SWCTRL1

The CLKIN_SWCTRL1 Register provides control of the Loss Of Signal Channel select. Back to Register Map.

Table 69. Register - 0x2C

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Software Mode Reference Input Select.

SW_REFINSEL - Input Selected

0001 - CLKIN0

[7:4]

SW_REFINSEL[3:0]

RW

0x0

0010 - CLKIN1

0100 - CLKIN2

1000 - CLKIN3

Loss of Source Channel Select.

SW_LOS_CH_SEL - Input Selected

0001 - CLKIN0

[3:0]

SW_LOS_CH_SEL[3:0]

RW

0x0

0010 - CLKIN1

0100 - CLKIN2

1000 - CLKIN3

9.6.2.46 CLKIN_SWCTRL2

The CLKIN_SWCTRL2 Register provides control of the input stage settling time when switching on all inputs in

case of Loss Of Signal. Back to Register Map.

Table 70. Register - 0x2D

BIT NO.

[7:5]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

-

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[4:0]

SW_ALLREFSON_TMR[4:0]

RW

0x0

Wait Time to allow Clock Inputs to Settle.

9.6.2.47 OSCIN_CTRL

The OSCIN_CTRL Register provides control of the OSCIN signal path. Back to Register Map.

Table 71. Register - 0x2E

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:6]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

OSCIN LDO Powerdown.

OSCIN_PD_LDO - LDO State

0 - LDO On

[5]

OSCIN_PD_LDO

RW

0

1 - LDO Off

OSCin Signal Mode.

OSCIN_SE_MODE - Signal Mode Selection

0 - Differential

[4]

[3]

OSCIN_SE_MODE

RW

1

1 - Single-ended

OSCIN_BUF_TO_OSCOUT_

EN

OSCin to OSCout Buffer Enable.

[2]

[1]

[0]

OSCIN_OSCINSTAGE_EN

OSCIN_BUF_REF_EN

OSCIN_BUF_LOS_EN

RW

1

0

OSCin Clock Input Stage Enable.

OSCin to PLL1 and PLL2 Ref Clock Buffer Enable.

OSCin to LOS Clock Buffer Enable.

9.6.2.48 OSCOUT_CTRL

The OSCOUT_CTRL Register controls the OSCOUT Function. Back to Register Map.

Table 72. Register - 0x2F

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OSCOUT_LVCMOS_WEAK_

DRIVE

[7]

RW

0

Enable OSCOUT LVCMOS weak drive.

76

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Table 72. Register - 0x2F (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OSCOUT_DIV_REGCONTR

OL

Enable OSCOUT Divider setting through configuration

register rather than SYNC pin control.

[6]

RW

0

OSCOUT pin-selected Divider.

OSCOUT_PINSEL_DIV - Pin-Selected Oscout Divider ratio

00 - 1

01 - 2

10 - 2

11 - 4

[5:4]

OSCOUT_PINSEL_DIV[1:0]

R

0x0

OSCOUT Bandgap Source Select. When

OSCOUT_SEL_VBG is 0 the PLL1 Bandgap is used for

OSCOUT. If OSCOUT_SEL_VBG is 1 the Output Channel

Bandgap is used.

[3]

OSCOUT_SEL_VBG

RW

0

[2]

[1]

OSCOUT_DIV_CLKEN

OSCOUT_SWRST

RW

1

0

OSCout Divider Clock Enable. (RESERVED for PG1p0)

OSCOUT Software Reset. Writing a 1 to OSCOUT_SWRST

will reset the OSCOUT Block. The OSCOUT_SWRST is

cleared automatically to 0.

RWSC

OSCout Clock source select.

OSCOUT_SEL_SRC - Clock Source

0 - PLL2 Output

[0]

OSCOUT_SEL_SRC

RW

1

1 - OSCin

9.6.2.49 OSCOUT_DIV

The OSCOUT_DIV Register controls the OSCOUT Divider Back to Register Map.

Table 73. Register - 0x30

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

OSCOUT_DIV[7:0]

RW

0x0

OSCOUT Divider. Set value of OSCOUT channel divider.

77

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.50 OSCOUT_DRV

The OSCOUT_DRV Register controls the OSCOUT Driver. Back to Register Map.

Table 74. Register - 0x31

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OSCOUT Driver Mute Control. OSCOUT_DRV_MUTE sets

the OSCOUT driver mute input after the internal reset has

been de-asserted. During the reset sequence the mute input

is set to 11. It is configured together with

OSCOUT_DRV_MODE.

OSCOUT_DRV_MUTE,OSCOUT_DRV_MODE - Output

State

00,XXXXXX - OSCOUT Driver is Active

01,11XXXX - OSCOUT_P operating normal, OSCOUT_N

Low

01,01XXXX - OSCOUT_P operating normal, OSCOUT_N

Operating normal

01,10XX00 - OSCOUT_P High, OSCOUT_N High

01,10XX01 - OSCOUT_P operating normal, OSCOUT_N

operating normal

01,10XX10 - OSCOUT_P operating normal, OSCOUT_N

operating normal

[7:6]

OSCOUT_DRV_MUTE[1:0]

RW

0x0

01,10XX11 - OSCOUT_P operating normal, OSCOUT_N

operating normal

10,11XXXX - OSCOUT_P Low, OSCOUT_N operating

normal

10,01XXXX - OSCOUT_P Low, OSCOUT_N High

10,10XX00 - OSCOUT_P High, OSCOUT_N High

10,10XX01 - OSCOUT_P Low, OSCOUT_N High

10,10XX10 - OSCOUT_P Low, OSCOUT_N High

10,10XX11 - OSCOUT_P Low, OSCOUT_N High

11,11XXXX - OSCOUT_P Low, OSCOUT_N Low

11,01XXXX - OSCOUT_P Low, OSCOUT_N High

11,10XX00 - OSCOUT_P High, OSCOUT_N High

11,10XX01 - OSCOUT_P Low, OSCOUT_N High

11,10XX10 - OSCOUT_P Low, OSCOUT_N High

11,10XX11 - OSCOUT_P Low, OSCOUT_N High

OSCOUT Driver Mode.

OSCOUT_DRV_MODE - Output stage configuration

00XXXX - Power Down

01XXXX - HSDS Mode

10XXXX - HSCL Mode

11XXXX - LVCMOS Mode

XX00XX - HSDS, HSCL: ITail: 4mA, LVCMOS: OSCOUT_P

tristate

XX01XX - HSDS, HSCL: ITail: 6mA, LVCMOS: OSCOUT_P

Weak Drive

XX10XX - HSDS, HSCL: ITail: 8mA, LVCMOS: OSCOUT_P

Normal Drive Inverted

[5:0]

OSCOUT_DRV_MODE[5:0]

RW

0x3F

XX11XX - ITail HSDS: 8mA, HSCL: 16mA, LVCMOS:

OSCOUT_P Normal Drive Non-Inverted

XXXX00 - Rload HSDS: open, HSCL: open, LVCMOS:

OSCOUT_N tristate

XXXX01 - Rload HSDS: open, HSCL: 50Ohm, LVCMOS:

OSCOUT_N Weak Drive

XXXX10 - Rload HSDS: open, HSCL: 100Ohm for Itail=4mA,

6mA, 8mA, LVCMOS: OSCOUT_N Normal Drive Inverted

XXXX11 - Rload HSDS: open, HSCL: 200Ohm for Itail=4mA,

LVCMOS: OSCOUT_N Normal Drive Non-Inverted

78

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.51 OUTCH_SWRST

The OUTCH_SWRST Register allows software reset to applied independently to each output channel. Back to

Register Map.

Table 75. Register - 0x32

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CH1415 Software Reset. Writing a 1 to CH1415_SWRST will

[7]

CH1415_SWRST

RWSC

0

reset CH1415. CH1415_SWRST is cleared automatically to

0.

CH1213 Software Reset. Writing a 1 to CH1213_SWRST will

[6]

[5]

CH1213_SWRST

CH1011_SWRST

RWSC

0

reset CH1213. CH1213_SWRST is cleared automatically to

0.

CH1011 Software Reset. Writing a 1 to CH1011_SWRST will

reset CH1011. CH1011_SWRST is cleared automatically to

0.

CH89 Software Reset. Writing a 1 to CH89_SWRST will

reset CH89. CH89_SWRST is cleared automatically to 0.

[4]

[3]

[2]

[1]

[0]

CH89_SWRST

CH67_SWRST

CH45_SWRST

CH23_SWRST

CH01_SWRST

RWSC

0

CH67 Software Reset. Writing a 1 to CH67_SWRST will

reset CH67. CH67_SWRST is cleared automatically to 0.

CH45 Software Reset. Writing a 1 to CH45_SWRST will

reset CH45. CH45_SWRST is cleared automatically to 0.

CH23 Software Reset. Writing a 1 to CH23_SWRST will

reset CH23. CH23_SWRST is cleared automatically to 0.

CH01 Software Reset. Writing a 1 to CH01_SWRST will

reset CH01. CH01_SWRST is cleared automatically to 0.

9.6.2.52 OUTCH01CNTL0

The OUTCH01CNTRL0 Register controls Output CH0_1 Back to Register Map.

Table 76. Register - 0x33

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH01 LDO Bypass.

OUTCH01_LDO_BYP_MODE - LDO State

0 - Enabled

OUTCH01_LDO_BYP_MOD

E

[7]

RW

0

1 - Bypassed

OUTCH01 LDO Mask. If OUTCH01_LDO_MASK is 1 then

CH01 LDO is masked from the Power Up Sequence and

enabled directly.

[6]

OUTCH01_LDO_MASK

RW

0

OUTCH0 Clock Driver Mode Setting.

OUTCH_DRIV_MODE - Function

00XXXX - Power Down

010000 - HSDS, Itail 4mA, RLoad 25 Ohm

010100 - HSDS, Itail 6mA, RLoad 25 Ohm

011000 - HSDS, Itail 8mA, RLoad 25 Ohm

111011 - HCSL, Itail 8mA, RLoad open

111111 - HCSL, Itail 16mA, RLoad open

111001 - HCSL, Itail 8mA, RLoad 50 Ohm

111101 - HCSL, Itail 16mA, RLoad 50 Ohm

[5:0]

OUTCH0_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

0x18

9.6.2.53 OUTCH01CNTL1

The OUTCH01CNTRL1 Register controls Output CH0_1 Back to Register Map.

Table 77. Register - 0x34

BIT NO.

[7:2]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x18

1

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH1_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

DIV_DCC_EN_CH0_1

OUTCH1 Clock Driver Mode Setting.

Output CH0_1 Divier Duty Cycle Correction Enable

[1]

RW

79

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Table 77. Register - 0x34 (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH01 Channel Divider Clock Enable. Enables output

channel PLL Clock Buffer.

[0]

OUTCH01_DIV_CLKEN

RW

1

9.6.2.54 OUTCH23CNTL0

The OUTCH23CNTL0 Register controls Output CH2_3 Back to Register Map.

Table 78. Register - 0x35

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH23 LDO Bypass.

OUTCH23_LDO_BYP_MODE - LDO State

0 - Enabled

OUTCH23_LDO_BYP_MOD

E

[7]

RW

0

1 - Bypassed

OUTCH23 LDO Mask. If OUTCH23_LDO_MASK is 1 then

CH23 LDO is masked from the Power Sequence.

[6]

OUTCH23_LDO_MASK

RW

0

OUTCH2 Clock Driver Mode Setting. See CHANNEL0 for

description.

[5:0]

OUTCH2_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

0x18

9.6.2.55 OUTCH23CNTL1

The OUTCH23CNTRL1 Register controls Output CH2_3 Back to Register Map.

Table 79. Register - 0x36

BIT NO.

[7:2]

[1]

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH3 Clock Driver Mode Setting. See CHANNEL0 for

description.

OUTCH3_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

DIV_DCC_EN_CH2_3

OUTCH23_DIV_CLKEN

RW

0x18

RW

1

Output CH2_3 Divider Duty Cycle Correction Enable

OUTCH23 Channel Divider Clock Enable. Enables output

channel PLL Clock Buffer.

[0]

RW

9.6.2.56 OUTCH45CNTL0

The OUTCH45CNTRL0 Register controls Output CH4_5 Back to Register Map.

Table 80. Register - 0x37

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH45 LDO Bypass.

OUTCH45_LDO_BYP_MODE - LDO State

0 - Enabled

OUTCH45_LDO_BYP_MOD

E

[7]

RW

0

1 - Bypassed

OUTCH45 LDO Mask. If OUTCH45_LDO_MASK is 1 then

CH45 LDO is masked from the Power Sequence.

[6]

OUTCH45_LDO_MASK

RW

0

OUTCH4 Clock Driver Mode Setting. See OUTCH0 for

description.

[5:0]

OUTCH4_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

0x18

9.6.2.57 OUTCH45CNTL1

The OUTCH45CNTRL1 Register controls Output CH4_5 Back to Register Map.

Table 81. Register - 0x38

BIT NO.

[7:2]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x18

1

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH5_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

DIV_DCC_EN_CH4_5

OUTCH5 Clock Driver Mode Setting.

[1]

RW

Output CH4_5 Divider Duty Cycle Correction Enable

OUTCH45 Channel Divider Clock Enable. Enables output

channel PLL Clock Buffer.

[0]

OUTCH45_DIV_CLKEN

RW

1

80

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.58 OUTCH67CNTL0

The OUTCH67CNTRL0 Register controls Output CH6_7 Back to Register Map.

Table 82. Register - 0x39

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH67 LDO Bypass.

OUTCH67_LDO_BYP_MODE - LDO State

0 - Enabled

OUTCH67_LDO_BYP_MOD

E

[7]

RW

0

1 - Bypassed

OUTCH67 LDO Mask. If OUTCH67_LDO_MASK is 1 then

CH67 LDO is masked from the Power Sequence.

[6]

OUTCH67_LDO_MASK

RW

0

OUTCH6 Clock Driver Mode Setting. See CHANNEL0 for

description.

[5:0]

OUTCH6_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

0x18

9.6.2.59 OUTCH67CNTL1

The OUTCH67CNTRL1 Register controls Output CH6_7 Back to Register Map.

Table 83. Register - 0x3A

BIT NO.

[7:2]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x18

0

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH7_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

DIV_DCC_EN_CH6_7

OUTCH7 Clock Driver Mode Setting.

[1]

RW

Output CH6_7 Divider Duty Cycle Correction Enable

OUTCH67 Channel Divider Clock Enable. Enables output

channel PLL Clock Buffer.

[0]

OUTCH67_DIV_CLKEN

RW

1

9.6.2.60 OUTCH89CNTL0

The OUTCH89CNTRL0 Register controls Output CH8_9 Back to Register Map.

Table 84. Register - 0x3B

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH89 LDO Bypass.

OUTCH89_LDO_BYP_MODE - LDO State

0 - Enabled

OUTCH89_LDO_BYP_MOD

E

[7]

RW

0

1 - Bypassed

OUTCH89 LDO Mask. If OUTCH89_LDO_MASK is 1 then

CH89 LDO is masked from the Power Sequence.

[6]

OUTCH89_LDO_MASK

RW

0

OUTCH8 Clock Driver Mode Setting. See CHANNEL0 for

description.

[5:0]

OUTCH8_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

0x18

9.6.2.61 OUTCH89CNTL1

The OUTCH89CNTRL1 Register controls Output CH8_9 Back to Register Map.

Table 85. Register - 0x3C

BIT NO.

[7:2]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x18

0

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH9_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

DIV_DCC_EN_CH8_9

OUTCH9 Clock Driver Mode Setting.

[1]

RW

Output CH8_9 Divider Duty Cycle Correction Enable

OUTCH89 Channel Divider Clock Enable. Enables output

channel PLL Clock Buffer.

[0]

OUTCH89_DIV_CLKEN

RW

1

81

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.62 OUTCH1011CNTL0

The OUTCH1011CNTRL0 Register controls Output CH10_11 Back to Register Map.

Table 86. Register - 0x3D

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH1011 LDO Bypass.

OUTCH1011_LDO_BYP_MODE - LDO State

OUTCH1011_LDO_BYP_MO

DE

[7]

RW

0

0 - Enabled

1 - Bypassed

OUTCH1011 LDO Mask. If OUTCH1011_LDO_MASK is 1

then CH1011 LDO is masked from the Power Sequence.

[6]

OUTCH1011_LDO_MASK

RW

0

OUTCH10 Clock Driver Mode Setting. See CHANNEL0 for

description.

[5:0]

OUTCH10_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

0x18

9.6.2.63 OUTCH1011CNTL1

The OUTCH1011CNTRL1 Register controls Output CH10_11 Back to Register Map.

Table 87. Register - 0x3E

BIT NO.

[7:2]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x18

0

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH11_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

DIV_DCC_EN_CH10_11

OUTCH11 Clock Driver Mode Setting.

[1]

RW

Output CH10_11 Divider Duty Cycle Correction Enable

OUTCH1011 Channel Divider Clock Enable. Enables output

channel PLL Clock Buffer.

[0]

OUTCH1011_DIV_CLKEN

RW

1

9.6.2.64 OUTCH1213CNTL0

The OUTCH1213CNTRL0 Register controls Output CH12_13 Back to Register Map.

Table 88. Register - 0x3F

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH1213 LDO Bypass.

OUTCH1213_LDO_BYP_MODE - LDO State

0 - Enabled

OUTCH1213_LDO_BYP_MO

DE

[7]

RW

0

1 - Bypassed

OUTCH1213 LDO Mask. If OUTCH1213_LDO_MASK is 1

then CH1213 LDO is masked from the Power Sequence.

[6]

OUTCH1213_LDO_MASK

RW

0

OUTCH12 Clock Driver Mode Setting. See CHANNEL0 for

description.

[5:0]

OUTCH12_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

0x18

9.6.2.65 OUTCH1213CNTL1

The OUTCH1213CNTRL1 Register controls Output CH12_13 Back to Register Map.

Table 89. Register - 0x40

BIT NO.

[7:2]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x18

0

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH13_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

DIV_DCC_EN_CH12_13

OUTCH13 Clock Driver Mode Setting.

[1]

RW

Output CH12_13 Divider Duty Cycle Correction Enable

OUTCH1213 Channel Divider Clock Enable. Enables output

channel PLL Clock Buffer.

[0]

OUTCH1213_DIV_CLKEN

RW

1

82

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.66 OUTCH1415CNTL0

The OUTCH1415CNTRL0 Register controls Output CH14_15 Back to Register Map.

Table 90. Register - 0x41

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH1415 LDO Bypass.

OUTCH1415_LDO_BYP_MODE - LDO State

0 - Enabled

OUTCH1415_LDO_BYP_MO

DE

[7]

RW

0

1 - Bypassed

OUTCH1415 LDO Mask. If OUTCH1415_LDO_MASK is 1

then CH1415 LDO is masked from the Power Sequence.

[6]

OUTCH1415_LDO_MASK

RW

0

OUTCH14 Clock Driver Mode Setting. See CHANNEL0 for

description.

[5:0]

OUTCH14_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

0x18

9.6.2.67 OUTCH1415CNTL1

The OUTCH1415CNTRL1 Register controls Output CH14_15 Back to Register Map.

Table 91. Register - 0x42

BIT NO.

[7:2]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x18

0

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH15_DRIV_MODE[5:0]

DIV_DCC_EN_CH14_15

OUTCH15 Clock Driver Mode Setting.

[1]

RW

Output CH14_15 Divider Duty Cycle Correction Enable

OUTCH1415 Channel Divider Clock Enable. Enables output

channel PLL Clock Buffer.

[0]

OUTCH1415_DIV_CLKEN

RW

1

9.6.2.68 OUTCH01DIV_BY1

The OUTCH01DIV_BY1,BY0 Registers set the OUTCH01 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 92. Register - 0x43

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH01 Divider Value. Sets the divider value for output

channels 0 and 1. An automatic reset is issued whenever the

divider value is changed.

[7:0]

OUTCH01_DIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.69 OUTCH01DIV_BY0

The OUTCH01DIV_BY0 Register sets the lower 7 bits of the OUTCH01 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 93. Register - 0x44

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

OUTCH01_DIV[7:0]

RW

0x1

OUTCH01 Divider Value.

9.6.2.70 OUTCH23DIV_BY1

The OUTCH23DIV_BY1,BY0 Registers set the OUTCH23 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 94. Register - 0x45

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH23 Divider Value. Sets the divider value for output

channels 2 and 3. An automatic reset is issued whenever the

divider value is changed.

[7:0]

OUTCH23_DIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

83

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.71 OUTCH23DIV_BY0

The OUTCH23DIV_BY0 Register sets the lower 7 bits of the OUTCH23 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 95. Register - 0x46

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

OUTCH23_DIV[7:0]

RW

0x2

OUTCH23 Divider Value.

9.6.2.72 OUTCH45DIV_BY1

The OUTCH45DIV_BY1,BY0 Registers set the OUTCH45 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 96. Register - 0x47

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH45 Divider Value. Sets the divider value for output

channels 4 and 5. An automatic reset is issued whenever the

divider value is changed.

[7:0]

OUTCH45_DIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.73 OUTCH45DIV_BY0

The OUTCH45DIV_BY0 Register sets the lower 7 bits of the OUTCH45 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 97. Register - 0x48

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

OUTCH45_DIV[7:0]

RW

0x8

OUTCH45 Divider Value.

9.6.2.74 OUTCH67DIV_BY1

The OUTCH67DIV_BY1,BY0 Registers set the OUTCH67 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 98. Register - 0x49

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH67 Divider Value. Sets the divider value for output

channels 6 and 7. An automatic reset is issued whenever the

divider value is changed.

[7:0]

OUTCH67_DIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.75 OUTCH67DIV_BY0

The OUTCH67DIV_BY0 Register sets the lower 7 bits of the OUTCH67 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 99. Register - 0x4A

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

OUTCH67_DIV[7:0]

RW

0x20

OUTCH67 Divider Value.

9.6.2.76 OUTCH89DIV_BY1

The OUTCH89DIV_BY1,BY0 Registers set the OUTCH89 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 100. Register - 0x4B

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH89 Divider Value. Sets the divider value for output

channels 8 and 9. An automatic reset is issued whenever the

divider value is changed.

[7:0]

OUTCH89_DIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

84

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.77 OUTCH89DIV_BY0

The OUTCH89DIV_BY0 Register sets the lower 7 bits of the OUTCH89 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 101. Register - 0x4C

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

OUTCH89_DIV[7:0]

RW

0x3

OUTCH89 Divider Value.

9.6.2.78 OUTCH1011DIV_BY1

The OUTCH1011DIV_BY1,BY0 Registers set the OUTCH1011 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 102. Register - 0x4D

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH1011 Divider Value. Sets the divider value for output

channels 10 and 11. An automatic reset is issued whenever

the divider value is changed.

[7:0]

OUTCH1011_DIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.79 OUTCH1011DIV_BY0

The OUTCH1011DIV_BY0 Register sets the lower 7 bits of the OUTCH1011 Divider Value. Back to Register

Map.

Table 103. Register - 0x4E

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

OUTCH1011_DIV[7:0]

RW

0x5

OUTCH1011 Divider Value.

9.6.2.80 OUTCH1213DIV_BY1

The OUTCH1213DIV_BY1,BY0 Registers set the OUTCH1213 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 104. Register - 0x4F

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH1213 Divider Value. Sets the divider value for output

channels 12 and 13. An automatic reset is issued whenever

the divider value is changed.

[7:0]

OUTCH1213_DIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.81 OUTCH1213DIV_BY0

The OUTCH1213DIV_BY0 Register sets the lower 7 bits of the OUTCH1213 Divider Value. Back to Register

Map.

Table 105. Register - 0x50

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

OUTCH1213_DIV[7:0]

RW

0x9

OUTCH1213 Divider Value.

9.6.2.82 OUTCH1415DIV_BY1

The OUTCH1415DIV_BY1,BY0 Registers set the OUTCH1415 Divider Value. Back to Register Map.

Table 106. Register - 0x51

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH1415 Divider Value. Sets the divider value for output

channels 14 and 15. An automatic reset is issued whenever

the divider value is changed.

[7:0]

OUTCH1415_DIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

85

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.83 OUTCH1415DIV_BY0

The OUTCH1415DIV_BY0 Register sets the lower 7 bits of the OUTCH1415 Divider Value. Back to Register

Map.

Table 107. Register - 0x52

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

OUTCH1415_DIV[7:0]

RW

0x1F

OUTCH1415 Divider Value.

9.6.2.84 OUTCH_DIV_INV

The OUTCH_DIV_INV Register controls inversion of the dividier output clock. Back to Register Map.

Table 108. Register - 0x53

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

OUTCH1415 Divider Output Invert. When

OUTCH1415_DIV_INV is 1 the divider output for channels

14 and 15 is inverted.

[7]

OUTCH1415_DIV_INV

RW

0

OUTCH1213 Divider Output Invert. When

OUTCH1213_DIV_INV is 1 the divider output for channels

12 and 13 is inverted.

[6]

[5]

OUTCH1213_DIV_INV

OUTCH1011_DIV_INV

RW

0

OUTCH1011 Divider Output Invert. When

OUTCH1011_DIV_INV is 1 the divider output for channels

10 and 11 is inverted.

OUTCH89 Divider Output Invert. When OUTCH89_DIV_INV

is 1 the divider output for channels 8 and 9 is inverted.

[4]

[3]

[2]

[1]

[0]

OUTCH89_DIV_INV

OUTCH67_DIV_INV

OUTCH45_DIV_INV

OUTCH23_DIV_INV

OUTCH01_DIV_INV

RW

0

OUTCH67 Divider Output Invert. When OUTCH67_DIV_INV

is 1 the divider output for channels 6 and 7 is inverted.

OUTCH45 Divider Output Invert. When OUTCH45_DIV_INV

is 1 the divider output for channels 4 and 5 is inverted.

OUTCH23 Divider Output Invert. When OUTCH23_DIV_INV

is 1 the divider output for channels 2 and 3 is inverted.

OUTCH01 Divider Output Invert. When OUTCH01_DIV_INV

is 1 the divider output for channels 0 and 1 is inverted.

9.6.2.85 PLL1CTRL0

The PLL1CTRL0 Register provides control of the following PLL1 related features. Back to Register Map.

Table 109. Register - 0x54

BIT NO.

[7]

FIELD

PLL1_F_30

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1 RC Freq 0 = 122 MHz 1 = 32MHz.

PLL1_F_30 - PLL1 RC Frequency

0 - 122 MHz

RW

0

1

1 - 32 MHz

[6]

PLL1_EN_REGULATION

PLL1_PD_LD

RW

PLL1 Prop-CP Enable Regulation

PLL1 Window Comparator Powerdown.

PLL1_PD_LD - PLL1 Window Comparator

0 - Enabled

[5]

RW

1 - Off

PLL1 VCXO pos/neg Gain.

PLL1_DIR_POS_GAIN - Polarity

0 - Positive

[4]

PLL1_DIR_POS_GAIN

RW

1

1 - Negative

PLL1 LDO Wait Timer. The PLL1 LDO Wait Timer counts a

number of clock cycles equal to

32*(PLL1_LDO_WAIT_TMR+31) before releasing the PLL1

NDIV and RDIV resets.

[3:0]

PLL1_LDO_WAIT_TMR[3:0]

0x0

86

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.86 PLL1CTRL1

The PLL1CTRL1 Register provides control over PLL1 related features. Back to Register Map.

Table 110. Register - 0x55

BIT NO.

[7]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1 Lock Detect counter multiply with 32.

PLL1 Fast Lock Enable.

PLL1_LCKDET_BY_32

PLL1_FAST_LOCK

0

1

[6]

RW

PLL1 Lock Detect LOS Mask. When

PLL1_LCKDET_LOS_MASK is 1 then Loss of Source has no

effect on the PLL1 Lock Detect circuit.

[5]

PLL1_LCKDET_LOS_MASK

RW

0

PLL1 Feedback Clock Inversion. When PLL1_FBCLK_INV is

1 then the Feedback Clock divider output is inverted.

[4]

[3]

PLL1_FBCLK_INV

RSRVD

RW

-

1

-

Reserved.

PLL1 Bypass Loss of Source indication. When

PLL1_BYP_LOS is 1 the PLL1 controller ignores the LOS

indicator.

[2]

PLL1_BYP_LOS

RW

0

[1]

[0]

PLL1_PFD_UP_HOLDOVER

RW

0

PLL1 PFD UP-Input value during Holdover.

PLL1_PFD_DOWN_HOLDO

VER

PLL1 PFD DN-Input value during Holdover.

9.6.2.87 PLL1CTRL2

The PLL1CTRL2 Register provides control over PLL1 related features. Back to Register Map.

Table 111. Register - 0x56

BIT NO.

[7:5]

[4]

FIELD

TYPE

-

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

RSRVD

-

PLL1_LOL_NORESET

PLL1_RDIV_CLKEN

RW

0

1

If set to 1, PLL1 will not be reset on a Loss-of-Lock event.

PLL1 RDIV Clock Enable.

[3]

PLL1 RDIV Enable tied clock low phase to 4cycs.

Independent from divider setting.

[2]

[1]

[0]

PLL1_RDIV_4CY

PLL1_NDIV_CLKEN

PLL1_NDIV_4CY

RW

1

PLL1 NDIV Clock Enable

PLL1 NDIV Enable tied clock low phase to 4cycs.

Independent from divider setting.

9.6.2.88 PLL1_SWRST

The PLL1_SWRST Register provides control of the PLL1 software reset's Back to Register Map.

Table 112. Register - 0x57

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:6]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

PLL1 Holdover DLD Software Reset. Writing a 1 to

PLL1_HOLDOVER_DLD_SWRST will activate the reset.

PLL1_HOLDOVER_DLD_SWRST is cleared automatically to

0.

PLL1_HOLDOVER_DLD_SW

RST

[5]

RWSC

0

PLL1 R-Divider Software Reset. Writing a 1 to

PLL1_RDIV_SWRST will reset the R-Divider.

PLL1_RDIV_SWRST is cleared automatically to 0.

[4]

[3]

PLL1_RDIV_SWRST

PLL1_NDIV_SWRST

RWSC

0

PLL1 N-Divider Software Reset. Writing a 1 to

PLL1_NDIV_SWRST will reset the N-Divider.

PLL1_NDIV_SWRST is cleared automatically to 0.

PLL1 Holdover Counter Software Reset. Writing a 1 to

PLL1_HOLDOVERCNT_SWRST will activate the reset.

PLL1_HOLDOVERCNT_SWRST is cleared automatically to

0.

PLL1_HOLDOVERCNT_SW

RST

[2]

RWSC

0

87

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Table 112. Register - 0x57 (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1 Holdover Lock Detect Software Reset. Writing a 1 to

PLL1_HOLDOVER_LOCKDET_SWRST will activate the

reset. PLL1_HOLDOVER_LOCKDET_SWRST is cleared

automatically to 0.

PLL1_HOLDOVER_LOCKDE

T_SWRST

[1]

RWSC

0

PLL1 Software Reset. Writing a 1 to PLL1_SWRST will reset

PLL1 PLL1_SWRST is cleared automatically to 0.

[0]

PLL1_SWRST

RWSC

0

9.6.2.89 PLL1WNDWSIZE

The PLL1WNDWSIZE Register sets the PLL1 Window Comparator Size. Back to Register Map.

Table 113. Register - 0x58

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

PLL1_LD_WNDW_SIZE[7:0]

RW

0x3F

PLL1 Window Comparator Size.

9.6.2.90 PLL1STRCELL

The PLL1STRCELL Register provides control of the Storage Cell settings. Back to Register Map.

Table 114. Register - 0x59

BIT NO.

[7:4]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x1

DESCRIPTION

PLL1_INTG_FL[3:0]

PLL1_INTG[3:0]

PLL1 Integral Gain setting during Fast Lock.

PLL1 Integral Gain setting.

[3:0]

RW

0x1

9.6.2.91 PLL1CPSETTING

The PLL1CPSETTING Register provides control of the Chargepump Current/Bandwidth Setting. Back to Register

Map.

Table 115. Register - 0x5A

BIT NO.

[7]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x0

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

[6:0]

PLL1_PROP[6:0]

RW

0x8

Prop-CP Current/Bandwidth Setting.

9.6.2.92 PLL1CPSETTING_FL

The PLL1CPSETTING_FL Register provides control of the Chargepump Current/Bandwidth Setting during Fast

Lock. Back to Register Map.

Table 116. Register - 0x5B

BIT NO.

[7]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x1

DESCRIPTION

Reserved

[6:0]

PLL1_PROP_FL[6:0]

RW

0x7F

Prop-CP Current/Bandwidth Setting for Fast Lock.

9.6.2.93 PLL1_HOLDOVER_CTRL1

The PLL1_HOLDOVER_CTRL1 Register provides control of the PLL1 holdover operation. Back to Register Map.

Table 117. Register - 0x5C

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Enable PLL1 Holdover function. When

PLL1_HOLDOVER_EN is 1 the holdover circuit is enabled.

When PLL1_HOLDOVER_EN is 0 the holdover circuit is

disabled.

[7]

PLL1_HOLDOVER_EN

RW

1

88

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Table 117. Register - 0x5C (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1_STARTUP_HOLDOVE

R_EN

When PLL1_HOLDOVER_FORCE is 1, PLL1 enters

holdover mode immediately on startup.

[6]

RW

1

PLL1 Force Holdover Operation. When

PLL1_HOLDOVER_FORCE is 1 PLL1 enters holdover mode

regardless of other conditions.

[5]

[4]

PLL1_HOLDOVER_FORCE

RW

0

PLL1 Rail Detection Level Relative or absolute.

PLL1_HOLDOVER_RAIL_MODE - Level Mode

0 - Absolute-Level

PLL1_HOLDOVER_RAIL_M

ODE

1 - Relative to Level set at Lock

PLL1 Holdover Max Counter enable. Wait for

PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAXCNT cycles before starting Auto-

CLKin-Switch procedure.

PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAX_CN

T_EN

[3]

[2]

[1]

RW

1

0

1

PLL1 Holdover LOS Mask. When

PLL1_HOLDOVER_LOS_MASK is 1 then Loss of Source

has no effect in the activation of holdover.

PLL1_HOLDOVER_LOS_MA

SK

PLL1 Holdover Lock Detect Mask. When

PLL1_HOLDOVER_LCKDET_MASK is 1 then Lock Detect

has no effect in the activation of holdover.

PLL1_HOLDOVER_LCKDET

_MASK

PLL1 Holdover Rail Detection Enable. When

PLL1_HOLDOVER_RAILDET_EN is 1 the rail detection

circuit is enabled. When PLL1_HOLDOVER_RAILDET EN is

0 the rail detection circuit is disabled.

PLL1_HOLDOVER_RAILDE

T_EN

[0]

RW

0

9.6.2.94 PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAXCNT_BY3

The PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAXCNT field is set by PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAXCNT_BY3,BY2,BY1 and BY0. Back to

Register Map.

Table 118. Register - 0x5D

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1 Maximum Holdover Count. When the value specified

by PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAX_CNT is reached then the

device will attempt to switch to any available reference

clocks.

PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAX_CN

T[31:24]

[7:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.95 PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAXCNT_BY2

The PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAXCNT1 Register sets bits [23:16] Back to Register Map.

Table 119. Register - 0x5E

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAX_CN

T[23:16]

[7:0]

RW

0x1

PLL1 Maximum Holdover Count.

9.6.2.96 PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAXCNT_BY1

The PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAXCNT0 Register sets bits [15:8] Back to Register Map.

Table 120. Register - 0x5F

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAX_CN

T[15:8]

[7:0]

RW

0x84

PLL1 Maximum Holdover Count.

89

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.97 PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAXCNT_BY0

The PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAXCNT0 Register sets bits [7:0] Back to Register Map.

Table 121. Register - 0x60

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1_HOLDOVER_MAX_CN

T[7:0]

[7:0]

RW

0x80

PLL1 Maximum Holdover Count.

9.6.2.98 PLL1_NDIV_BY1

The PLL1_NDIV value is set by Register's PLL1_NDIV_BY1 and PLL1_NDIV_BY0 Back to Register Map.

Table 122. Register - 0x61

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1 N-Feedback Divider Value.

PLL1_NDIV - N-Feedback Divider

0 - Reserved

1 - 1

[7:0]

PLL1_NDIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

.. - ..

65535 - 65535

9.6.2.99 PLL1_NDIV_BY0

The PLL1_NDIV_BY0 Register sets bits [7:0] Back to Register Map.

Table 123. Register - 0x62

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

PLL1_NDIV[7:0]

RW

0x78

PLL1 N-Feedback Divider Value.

9.6.2.100 PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY2

The PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT is

set

by

registers

PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY2,

PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY1 and PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY0 Back to Register Map.

Table 124. Register - 0x63

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT[

23:16]

[7:0]

RW

0x0

PLL1 Lock Detect Cycle Counter.

9.6.2.101 PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY1

The PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY1 Register sets bits [15:8] Back to Register Map.

Table 125. Register - 0x64

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT[

15:8]

[7:0]

RW

0x40

PLL1 Lock Detect Cycle Counter.

9.6.2.102 PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY0

The PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY0 Register sets bits [7:0] Back to Register Map.

Table 126. Register - 0x65

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT[

7:0]

[7:0]

RW

0x0

PLL1 Lock Detect Cycle Counter.

90

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.103 RSRVD_0x66

Table 127. Register - 0x66

BIT NO.

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

R

0x0

Reserved.

9.6.2.104 RSRVD_0x67

Table 128. Register - 0x67

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1_STORAGE_CELL[31:2

4]

[7:0]

R

0x0

PLL1 Storage Cell Value.

9.6.2.105 RSRVD_0x68

Table 129. Register - 0x68

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1_STORAGE_CELL[23:1

6]

[7:0]

R

0x0

PLL1 Storage Cell Value.

9.6.2.106 RSRVD_0x69

Table 130. Register - 0x69

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL1_STORAGE_CELL[15:8

]

[7:0]

R

0x0

PLL1 Storage Cell Value.

9.6.2.107 PLL1_STRG

The PLL1_STRG reads current storage cell value of PLL1. Back to Register Map.

Table 131. Register - 0x6A

BIT NO.

[7:6]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RESET

0x0

DESCRIPTION

Reserved

R

[5:0]

PLL1_STORAGE_CELL[5:0]

0x0

PLL1 Storage Cell Value.

9.6.2.108 PLL1RCCLKDIV

The PLL1RCCLKDIV Register controls the PLL1 RC Clock Divider Back to Register Map.

Table 132. Register - 0x6B

BIT NO.

[7:5]

[4]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

RW

-

1

-

PLL1_RC_CLK_EN

RSRVD

PLL1 RC Clock Enable.

Reserved.

[3]

PLL1 RC Clk Divider value. Sets the divider value for the

PLL1 RC clock that is derived from the PLL2 VCO Clock.

PLL1_RC_CLK_DIV - Divider Value

0 - 1

1 - 2

.. - ..

7 - 8

[2:0]

PLL1_RC_CLK_DIV[2:0]

RW

0x7

91

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.109 PLL2_CTRL0

The PLL2_CTRL0 Register provides control of PLL2 features. Back to Register Map.

Table 133. Register - 0x6C

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:5]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

PLL2_VCO_PRESC_LOW_P

OWER

[4]

[3]

RW

0

PLL2 Prescaler Low Power Mode.

Clock Source for Oscout Buffer.

PLL2_BYP_OSC - Oscout Clock Source

0 - PLL2 Output

PLL2_BYP_OSC

PLL2_BYP_TOP

PLL2_BYP_BOT

PLL2_GLOBAL_BYP

1 - PLL2 Input

Clock Source for Top Outputs.

PLL2_BYP_TOP - Top Outputs Clock Source

0 - PLL2 Output

[2]

[1]

[0]

RW

0

1 - PLL2 Input

Clock Source for Bottom Outputs.

PLL2_BYP_BOT - Bottom Outputs Clock Source

0 - PLL2 Output

1 - PLL2 Input

PLL2 Global Bypass Enable.

PLL2_GLOBAL_BYP - PLL2 Input Clock Source

0 - OSCin

1 - CLKIN0..3

9.6.2.110 PLL2_CTRL1

The PLL2_CTRL1 Register provides control of PLL2 features. Back to Register Map.

Table 134. Register - 0x6D

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

PLL2_EN_PULSE_GEN

RW

0

Enable Pulse Generator in PLL2 R input block.

PLL2 R-Divider Bypass. When PLL2_RDIV_BYP is 1 the R-

Divider is by-passed.

[6]

PLL2_RDIV_BYP

RW

0

PLL2 Doubler Enable Invert. When PLL2_DBL_EN_INV is 1

the output of the PLL2 Doubler is inverted.

[5]

[4]

PLL2_DBL_EN_INV

PLL2_PD_VARBIAS

RW

0

VCO Varactor Biasing PD.

PLL2 Smart trim enable. If PLL2_SMART_TRIM is set to 1

then the initial calibration threshold is set by

[3]

PLL2_SMART_TRIM

RW

1

PLL2_AC_STRT_THRESHOLD and the final threshold is set

by PLL2_AC_THRESHOLD. If PLL2_SMART_TRIM is 0 the

threshold is set by PLL2_AC_THRESHOLD at all times.

PLL2 Lock Detect LOS Mask. When

PLL2_LCKDET_LOS_MASK is 1 then Loss of Source has no

effect on the PLL2 Lock Detect circuit.

[2]

PLL2_LCKDET_LOS_MASK

RW

1

[1]

[0]

PLL2_RDIV_DBL_EN

PLL2_PD_LD

RW

0

1

PLL2 R-Divider Doubler Enable.

PLL2 Window Comparator Powerdown.

9.6.2.111 PLL2_CTRL2

The PLL2_CTRL2 Register provides control of PLL2 features. Back to Register Map.

Table 135. Register - 0x6E

BIT NO.

[7]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

DESCRIPTION

RESERVED

PLL2_BYP_SYNC_TOP

PLL2_BYP_SYNC_BOTTOM

PLL2_EN_BYP_BUF

0

[6]

RW

RESERVED

[5]

RW

PLL2 Enable Bypass Clock Buffer.

92

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Table 135. Register - 0x6E (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2 Enable Clock Buffer for Re-clocked SYNC signal to

TOP Output-CHs.

[4]

PLL2_EN_BUF_SYNC_TOP

RW

1

PLL2_EN_BUF_SYNC_BOT

TOM

PLL2 Enable Clock Buffer for Re-clocked SYNC signal to

Bottom Output-CHs.

[3]

RW

1

[2]

[1]

PLL2_EN_BUF_OSCOUT

PLL2_EN_BUF_CLK_TOP

RW

0

1

PLL2 Enable Clock Buffer for OSCOut.

PLL2 Enable Clock Buffer for Top Output-CHs.

PLL2_EN_BUF_CLK_BOTT

OM

[0]

RW

1

PLL2 Enable Clock Buffer for Bottom Output-CHs.

9.6.2.112 PLL2_SWRST

The PLL2_SWRST Register allows activation of the following PLL2 related software resets. Back to Register

Map.

Table 136. Register - 0x6F

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

PLL2 R-Divider Software Reset. Writing a 1 to

PLL2_RDIV_SWRST will reset the R-Divider.

PLL2_RDIV_SWRST is cleared automatically to 0.

[2]

PLL2_RDIV_SWRST

RWSC

0

PLL2 N-Divider Software Reset. Writing a 1 to

PLL2_NDIV_SWRST will reset the N-Divider.

PLL2_NDIV_SWRST is cleared automatically to 0.

[1]

[0]

PLL2_NDIV_SWRST

PLL2_SWRST

RWSC

0

PLL2 Software Reset. Writing a 1 to PLL2_SWRST will reset

PLL2 PLL2_SWRST is cleared automatically to 0.

9.6.2.113 PLL2_LF_C4R4

The PLL2_LF_C4R4 Register sets the values for C4 and R4 Back to Register Map.

Table 137. Register - 0x70

BIT NO.

[7:4]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x0

DESCRIPTION

PLL2_C4_LF_SEL[3:0]

PLL2_R4_LF_SEL[3:0]

PLL2 Loop Filter C4 Value.

PLL2 Loop Filter R4 Value.

[3:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.114 PLL2_LF_C3R3

The PLL2_LF_C3R3 Register sets the values for C3 and R3 Back to Register Map.

Table 138. Register - 0x71

BIT NO.

[7:4]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x0

DESCRIPTION

PLL2_C3_LF_SEL[3:0]

PLL2_R3_LF_SEL[3:0]

PLL2 Loop Filter C3 Value.

PLL2 Loop Filter R3 Value.

[3:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.115 PLL2_CP_SETTING

The PLL2_CP_SETTING Register provides control of the PLL2 Chargepump. Back to Register Map.

Table 139. Register - 0x72

BIT NO.

[7:6]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x0

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

[5:0]

PLL2_PROP[5:0]

RW

0x3

PLL2 Charge pump Setting.

93

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.116 PLL2_NDIV_BY1

The PLL2 N-Divider Value is set by Register's PLL2_NDIV_BY1 and PLL2_NDIV_BY0. Back to Register Map.

Table 140. Register - 0x73

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

PLL2_NDIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

PLL2 N-Divider Value.

9.6.2.117 PLL2_NDIV_BY0

The PLL2_NDIV_BY0 Register sets bits [7:0] Back to Register Map.

Table 141. Register - 0x74

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

PLL2_NDIV[7:0]

RW

0x20

PLL2 N-Divider Value.

9.6.2.118 PLL2_RDIV_BY1

RESERVED. Back to Register Map.

Table 142. Register - 0x75

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2 R-Divider Value. PLL2 R-Divider configuration limited

to bits [5..0].

[7:0]

PLL2_RDIV[15:8]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.119 PLL2_RDIV_BY0

The PLL2_RDIV Register sets the PLL2 R-Divider bits [5:0]. Back to Register Map.

Table 143. Register - 0x76

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2 R-Divider Value. PLL2 R-Divider configuration limited

to bits [5..0].

[7:0]

PLL2_RDIV[7:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.120 PLL2_STRG_INIT_BY1

The PLL2_STRG_INIT_BY1 Register Back to Register Map.

Table 144. Register - 0x77

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

PLL2_STRG_INITVAL[15:8]

RW

0x0

PLL2 Storage-CP Init Value.

9.6.2.121 PLL2_STRG_INIT_BY0

The PLL2_STRG_INIT_BY0 Register Back to Register Map.

Table 145. Register - 0x78

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0xFF

DESCRIPTION

[7:0]

PLL2_STRG_INITVAL[7:0]

PLL2 Storage-CP Init Value.

9.6.2.122 RAILDET_UP

The Rail Detect Upper Limit Back to Register Map.

Table 146. Register - 0x7D

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:6]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

94

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Table 146. Register - 0x7D (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[5:0]

RAILDET_UPP[5:0]

RW

0x0

Upper Rail Detection Limit.

9.6.2.123 RAILDET_LOW

The Rail Detect Lower Limit Back to Register Map.

Table 147. Register - 0x7E

BIT NO.

[7:6]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[5:0]

RAILDET_LOW[5:0]

RW

0x0

Lower Rail Detection Limit.

9.6.2.124 PLL2_AC_CTRL

The PLL2_AC_CTRL Register provides control of PLL2 Amplitude Calibration features. Back to Register Map.

Table 148. Register - 0x7F

BIT NO.

[7:6]

[5]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

-

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

PLL2_AC_CAL_EN

PLL2_PD_AC

RW

1

PLL2 Amplitude Calibration Enable.

VCO Peak detector Power down. 1=off, 0=enabled.

[4]

PLL2 IDAC Re-Calibration Setting. When the difference

between consecutive IDACSET values is greater than

PLL2_IDACSET_RECAL the amplitude calibration is

restarted.

[3:2]

PLL2_IDACSET_RECAL[1:0]

RW

0x1

[1]

[0]

PLL2_AC_REQ

RWSC

RW

0

PLL2 Amplitude Calibration Request.

PLL2 Fast Amplitude Calibration Enable.

PLL2_FAST_ACAL

9.6.2.125 PLL2_CURR_STOR_CELL

The PLL2_CURR_STOR_CELL Register is described below. Back to Register Map.

Table 149. Register - 0x80

BIT NO.

[7:5]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0x0

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

[4:0]

PLL2_INTG[4:0]

RW

0x3

PLL2 Integral gain setting.

9.6.2.126 PLL2_AC_THRESHOLD

The PLL2_AC_THRESHOLD Register sets the Amplitude Calibration Threshold Back to Register Map.

Table 150. Register - 0x81

BIT NO.

[7:5]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

-

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[4:0]

PLL2_AC_THRESHOLD[4:0]

RW

0x0

PLL2 VCO Amplitude Calibration Threshold.

9.6.2.127 PLL2_AC_STRT_THRESHOLD

The PLL2_AC_THRESHOLD Register sets the Amplitude Calibration Starting Threshold Back to Register Map.

Table 151. Register - 0x82

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:5]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

95

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Table 151. Register - 0x82 (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2_AC_STRT_THRESHO

LD[4:0]

[4:0]

RW

0x0

PLL2 VCO Amplitude Calibration Starting Threshold.

9.6.2.128 PLL2_AC_WAIT_CTRL

The PLL2_AC_WAIT_CTRL Register sets the Amplitude Calibration Wait Periods. Back to Register Map.

Table 152. Register - 0x83

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2 VCO Amplitude Calibration Delay between IDAC Code

Changes. Delay is equal to PLL2_AC_CMP_WAIT*4*Clock

Period (Clock Period 100ns).

[7:4]

PLL2_AC_CMP_WAIT[3:0]

RW

0x0

PLL2 VCO Amplitude Calibration Initial Comparator Delay.

Delay is equal to PLL2_AC_INIT_WAIT*4*Clock Period.

[3:0]

PLL2_AC_INIT_WAIT[3:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.129 PLL2_AC_JUMPSTEP

The PLL2_AC_JUMPSTEP Register provides control of the PLL2 Amplitude Calibration step size. Back to

Register Map.

Table 153. Register - 0x84

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:4]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

PLL2 IDAC Code Jump Step. When PLL2_FAST_ACAL is 1

then the IDACSET step value is set by

PLL2_AC_JUMP_STEP.

[3:0]

PLL2_AC_JUMP_STEP[3:0]

RW

0xF

9.6.2.130 PLL2_LD_WNDW_SIZE

The PLL2_LD_WNDW_SIZE Register sets the PLL2 Window Comparator Setting. Back to Register Map.

Table 154. Register - 0x85

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2 Window Comparator Size Setting. PLL2 Window

comparator size after PLL2 AC Calibration and initial lock.

[7:0]

PLL2_LD_WNDW_SIZE[7:0]

RW

0x1

Always set to 0.

0: 1 ns.

1 to 255: Reserved

9.6.2.131 PLL2_LD_WNDW_SIZE_INITIAL

The PLL2_LD_WNDW_SIZE_INITIAL Register sets the PLL2 Window Comparator Initial Setting. Back to

Register Map.

Table 155. Register - 0x86

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2 Window Comparator Size Initial Setting. Window

comparator size prior to PLL2 AC Calibration and initial lock.

PLL2_LD_WNDW_SIZE_INI

TIAL[7:0]

[7:0]

RW

0x7F

Always set to 0.

0: 1 ns.

1 to 255: Reserved

96

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.132 PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY2

The

PLL2

Lock

Detection

Cycle

Count

is

set

by

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY2,

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY1 and PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY0. Back to Register Map.

Table 156. Register - 0x87

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT[

23:16]

[7:0]

RW

0x0

PLL2 Lock detection cycle counter.

9.6.2.133 PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY1

The PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY1 Register sets bits [15:8] Back to Register Map.

Table 157. Register - 0x88

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT[

15:8]

[7:0]

RW

0x40

PLL2 Lock detection cycle counter.

9.6.2.134 PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY0

The PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_BY0 Register sets bits [7:0] Back to Register Map.

Table 158. Register - 0x89

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT[

7:0]

[7:0]

RW

0x0

PLL2 Lock detection cycle counter.

9.6.2.135 PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_INITIAL_BY2

The PLL2 Lock Detection Initial Cycle Count is set by PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_INITIAL_BY2,

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_INITIAL_BY1 and PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_INITIAL_BY0. This counter is

used for initial PLL2 Lock before final Amplitude Calibration has finished. Back to Register Map.

Table 159. Register - 0x8A

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT

_INITIAL[23:16]

[7:0]

RW

0x0

PLL2 Lock detection initial cycle counter.

9.6.2.136 PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_INITIAL_BY1

The PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_INITIAL_BY1 Register sets bits [15:8] Back to Register Map.

Table 160. Register - 0x8B

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT

_INITIAL[15:8]

[7:0]

RW

0x40

PLL2 Lock detection initial cycle counter.

9.6.2.137 PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_INITIAL_BY0

The PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_INITIAL_BY0 Register sets bits [7:0] Back to Register Map.

Table 161. Register - 0x8C

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT

_INITIAL[7:0]

[7:0]

RW

0x0

PLL2 Lock detection initial cycle counter.

97

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.138 IOCTRL_SPI0

The IOCTRL_SPI0 Register provides control of the SDIO Input/Output Driver. Back to Register Map.

Table 162. Register - 0x8D

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SPI 3-Wire Selection. 1=3-Wire, 0=4-Wire. When configured

for 4 wire operation the SDO output is connected to the

STATUS1 output pad.

[7]

SPI_EN_THREE_WIRE_IF

RW

0

[6:5]

[4]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

SDIO Output Mute. When SPI_SDIO_OUTPUT_MUTE is 1

the SDIO output driver is forced to 0 if it is enabled.

SPI_SDIO_OUTPUT_MUTE

RW

0

SDIO Output Invert. When SPI_SDIO_OUTPUT_INV is 1 the

SDIO output is inverted.

[3]

[2]

[1]

[0]

SPI_SDIO_OUTPUT_INV

RW

0

SDIO Output Weak Drive Strength. When

SPI_SDIO_OUTPUT_WEAK DRIVE is 1 the SDIO output is

configured with a low slew rate.

SPI_SDIO_OUTPUT_WEAK

_DRIVE

SPI SDIO Pull Up Enable. When SPI_SDIO_PULLUP_EN is

1 a pullup resistor is activated.

SPI_SDIO_EN_PULLUP

SPI SDIO Pull Down Enable. When

SPI_SDIO_PULLDWN_EN is 1 a pulldown resistor is

activated.

SPI_SDIO_EN_PULLDOWN

9.6.2.139 IOCTRL_SPI1

The IOCTRL_SPI1 Register provides control of the SCL and SCS input drivers. Back to Register Map.

Table 163. Register - 0x8E

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:4]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

SPI SCL Pull Up Enable. When SPI_SCL_PULLUP_EN is 1

a pullup resistor is activated.

[3]

[2]

[1]

SPI_SCL_EN_PULLUP

SPI_SCL_EN_PULLDOWN

SPI_SCS_EN_PULLUP

RW

0

SPI SCL Pull Down Enable. When SPI_SCL_PULLDWN_EN

is 1 a pulldown resistor is activated.

SPI SCS Pull Up Enable. When SPI_SCS_PULLUP_EN is 1

a pullup resistor is activated.

SPI SCS Pull Down Enable. When

SPI_SCS_PULLDWNEN_EN is 1 a pulldown resistor is

activated.

[0]

SPI_SCS_EN_PULLDOWN

RW

0

9.6.2.140 IOTEST_SDIO

The IOTEST_SDIO Register provides control of the SDIO driver and test features. Back to Register Map.

Table 164. Register - 0x8F

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

0

Reserved.

SPI SDIO Output Driver High Impedance. When

SPI_SDIO_OUTPUT_HIZ is set to 1 the SDIO output driver

stage is disabled. Only when SPI_SDIO_IOTESTEN is 1.

[6]

[5]

SPI_SDIO_OUTPUT_HIZ

SPI_SDIO_ENB_INSTAGE

RW

1

0

SPI SDIO Input Stage Enable BAR. When

SPI_SDIO_INPUT_ENB is 0 the SDIO Input stage is

enabled. Whenever SPI_SDIO_INPUT_ENB is set to 1 the

SPI interface is rendered inoperable and can only be

recovered by a hardware reset.

SPI SDIO Input Stage Enable Multi-level. When

SPI_SDIO_INPUT_ENML is 1 the input stage is configured

for multi-level mode.

SPI_SDIO_EN_ML_INSTAG

E

[4]

[3]

RW

-

0

RSRVD

Reserved.

98

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Table 164. Register - 0x8F (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SPI SDIO Output Data. Controls the SDIO output data value

when SPI_SDIO_IOTESTEN is set to 1.

[2]

SPI_SDIO_OUTPUT_DATA

RW

0

SPI SDIO Input Y12 Value. Indicates the logic level present

on the SDIO Y12 pin. This feature is currently not supported.

[1]

[0]

SPI_SDIO_INPUT_Y12

SPI_SDIO_INPUT_M12

R

0

SPI SDIO Input M12 Value. Indicates the logic level present

on the SDIO M12 pin. This feature is currently not supported.

9.6.2.141 IOTEST_SCL

The IOTEST_SCL Register provides control of the SCL driver and test features. Back to Register Map.

Table 165. Register - 0x90

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:6]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

SPI SCL Input Stage Enable BAR. When

SPI_SCL_INPUT_ENB is 0 the SCL Input stage is enabled.

Whenever SPI_SCL_INPUT_ENB is set to 1 the SPI

interface is rendered inoperable and can only be recovered

by a hardware reset.

[5]

SPI_SCL_ENB_INSTAGE

RW

0

SPI SCL Input Stage Enable Multi-level. When

SPI_SCL_INPUT_ENML is 1 the input stage is configured for

multi-level mode.

[4]

SPI_SCL_EN_ML_INSTAGE

[3:2]

[1]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

SPI SCL Input Y12 Value. Indicates the logic level present

on the SCL Y12 pin. This feature is currently not supported.

SPI_SCL_INPUT_Y12

R

0

SPI SCL Input M12 Value. Indicates the logic level present

on the SCL M12 pin. This feature is currently not supported.

[0]

SPI_SCL_INPUT_M12

R

0

9.6.2.142 IOTEST_SCS

The IOTEST_SCS Register provides control of the SCS driver and test features. Back to Register Map.

Table 166. Register - 0x91

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:6]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

SPI SCS Input Stage Enable BAR. When

SPI_SCS_INPUT_ENB is 0 the SCS Input stage is enabled.

Whenever SPI_SCS_INPUT_ENB is set to 1 the SPI

interface is rendered inoperable and can only be recovered

by a hardware reset.

[5]

SPI_SCS_ENB_INSTAGE

RW

0

SPI SCS Input Stage Enable Multi-level. When

SPI_SCS_INPUT_ENML is 1 the input stage is configured

for multi-level mode.

[4]

SPI_SCS_EN_ML_INSTAGE

[3:2]

[1]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

SPI SCS Input Y12 Value. Indicates the logic level present

on the SCS Y12 pin. This feature is currently not supported.

SPI_SCS_INPUT_Y12

R

0

SPI SCS Input M12 Value. Indicates the logic level present

on the SCS M12 pin. This feature is currently not supported.

[0]

SPI_SCS_INPUT_M12

R

0

99

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.143 IOCTRL_STAT0

The IOCTRL_STAT0 Register provides control of the STATUS0 Input/Output Driver. Back to Register Map.

Table 167. Register - 0x92

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

STAT0 Output Mux Select. When selecting PLL1 or 2

REF/FB clock, also set corresponding

PLLx_TSTMODE_REF_FB_EN bit.

STATUS0_MUX_SEL - STATUS0 Output

000 - PLL1 REF CLK

[7:5]

STATUS0_MUX_SEL[2:0]

RW

0x4

001 - PLL2 REF CLK

010 - PLL1 FB (SYS) CLK

011 - PLL2 FB (SYS) CLK

1XX - Signal selected by STATUS0_INT_MUX (digital)

STATUS0 Output Mute. When STATUS0_OUTPUT_MUTE

is 1 the STATUS0 output driver is forced to 0 if it is enabled.

[4]

[3]

STATUS0_OUTPUT_MUTE

STATUS0_OUTPUT_INV

RW

0

STATUS0 Output Invert. When STATUS0_OUTPUT_INV is

1 the STATUS0 output is inverted.

STATUS0 Output Weak drivestrength. When

STATUS0_OUTPUT_WEAK DRIVE is 1 the STATUS0

output is configured with a lower slew rate.

STATUS0_OUTPUT_WEAK_

DRIVE

[2]

[1]

[0]

RW

0

STATUS0 Pull Up Enable. When STATUS0_PULLUPEN_EN

is 1 a pullup resistor is activated.

STATUS0_EN_PULLUP

STATUS0 Pull Down Enable. When

STATUS0_PULLDWN_EN is 1 a pulldown resistor is

activated.

STATUS0_EN_PULLDOWN

9.6.2.144 IOCTRL_STAT1

The IOCTRL_STAT1 Register provides control of the STATUS1 Input/Output Driver. Back to Register Map.

Table 168. Register - 0x93

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

STAT1 Output Mux Select. When selecting PLL1 or 2

REF/FB clock, also set corresponding

PLLx_TSTMODE_REF_FB_EN bit.

STATUS1_MUX_SEL - STATUS1 Output

000 - PLL1 REF CLK

[7:5]

STATUS1_MUX_SEL[2:0]

RW

0x4

001 - PLL2 REF CLK

010 - PLL1 FB (SYS) CLK

011 - PLL2 FB (SYS) CLK

1XX - Signal selected by STATUS1_INT_MUX (digital)

STATUS1 Output Mute. When STATUS1_OUTPUT_MUTE

is 1 the STATUS1 output driver is forced to 0 if it is enabled.

[4]

[3]

STATUS1_OUTPUT_MUTE

STATUS1_OUTPUT_INV

RW

0

STATUS1 Output Invert. When STATUS1_OUTPUT_INV is

1 the STATUS1 output is inverted.

STATUS1 Output weak drive. When

STATUS1_OUTPUT_WEAK_DRIVE is 1 the STATUS1

output is configured with a lower slew rate.

STATUS1_OUTPUT_WEAK_

DRIVE

[2]

[1]

[0]

RW

0

STATUS1 Pull Up Enable. When STATUS1_PULLUP_EN is

1 a pullup resistor is activated.

STATUS1_EN_PULLUP

STATUS1 Pull Down Enable. When

STATUS1_PULLDWN_EN is 1 a pulldown resistor is

activated.

STATUS1_EN_PULLDOWN

100

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.145 STAT1MUX

The STAT1MUX Register controls the status signal that is routed to the STATUS0 output. Back to Register Map.

Table 169. Register - 0x94

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

STAT1 Integrated Mux Select.

STAT1_INT_MUX - STATUS1 Output

0 - PLL1 Lock Detect and PLL2 Lock Detect

1 - PLL1 Lock Detect

2 - PLL2 Lock Detect

3 - CLKINBLK LOS

4 - SPI Output Data

5 - Reserved

6 - Reserved

7 - Reserved

8 - HOLDOVER_EN

[7:0]

STATUS1_INT_MUX[7:0]

RW

0x4

9 - Mirror of SYNC_INPUT

10 - Mirror of CLKINSEL1 INPUT

11 - Reserved

12 - Reserved

13 - PLL2 Reference Clock

14 - Reserved

15 - PLL1 Lock Detect and PLL2 Lock Detect and not PLL1

Holdover

16 - PLL1 Lock Detect and not PLL1 Holdover

17 - Logic 1

18 - Logic 0

9.6.2.146 STAT0MUX

The STAT0MUX Register controls the status signal that is routed to the STATUS1 output. Back to Register Map.

Table 170. Register - 0x95

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

STAT0 Integrated Mux Select.

STAT0_INT_MUX - STATUS0 Output

0 - PLL1 Lock Detect and PLL2 Lock Detect

1 - PLL1 Lock Detect

2 - PLL2 Lock Detect

3 - CLKINBLK LOS

4 - SPI Output Data

5 - Reserved

6 - Reserved

7 - Reserved

8 - HOLDOVER_EN

[7:0]

STATUS0_INT_MUX[7:0]

RW

0x0

9 - Mirror of SYNC_INPUT

10 - Mirror of CLKINSEL1 INPUT

11 - Reserved

12 - Reserved

13 - PLL2 Reference Clock

14 - Reserved

15 - PLL1 Lock Detect and PLL2 Lock Detect and not PLL1

Holdover

16 - PLL1 Lock Detect and not PLL1 Holdover

17 - Logic 1

18 - Logic 0

101

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.147 STATPLL2CLKDIV

The STATPLL2CLKDIV Register controls the PLL2 Status Output Clock Divider Back to Register Map.

Table 171. Register - 0x96

BIT NO.

[7:5]

[4]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

RW

-

1

-

PLL2_REF_CLK_EN

RSRVD

PLL2 Ref Clock Enable.

Reserved.

[3]

PLL2 Ref Clock Divider for Status Outputs. Sets the divider

value for the PLL2 VCO clock that can be routed to the

STAT0/1 outputs.

PLL2_REF_STATCLK_DIV - Divider Value

PLL2_REF_STATCLK_DIV[2

:0]

[2:0]

RW

0x0

0 - 1

1 - 2

.. - ..

7 - 8

9.6.2.148 IOTEST_STAT0

The IOTEST_STAT0 Register provides control of the STATUS0 driver and test features. Back to Register Map.

Table 172. Register - 0x97

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

STATUS0 Output Driver High Impedance. When

STATUS0_OUTPUT_HIZ is set to 1 the STATUS0 output

driver stage is disabled.

[6]

[5]

[4]

STATUS0_OUTPUT_HIZ

STATUS0_ENB_INSTAGE

RW

0

1

0

STATUS0 Input Stage Enable BAR. When

STATUS0_INPUT_ENB is 0 the STATUS0 Input stage is

enabled. When STATUS0_INPUT_ENB is set to 1 the

STATUS0 input stage is disabled.

STATUS0 Input Stage Enable Multi-level. When

STATUS0_INPUT_ENML is 1 the input stage is configured

for multi-level mode.

STATUS0_EN_ML_INSTAG

E

[3]

[2]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

STATUS0 Output Data. Set the STATUS0 output data value

when STATUS0_IOTESTEN is 1.

STATUS0_OUTPUT_DATA

RW

0

STATUS0 Input Y12 Value. Indicates the logic level present

on the STATUS0 Y12 pin.

[1]

[0]

STATUS0_INPUT_Y12

STATUS0_INPUT_M12

R

0

STATUS0 Input M12 Value. Indicates the logic level present

on the STATUS0 M12 pin.

9.6.2.149 IOTEST_STAT1

The IOTEST_STAT1 Register provides control of the STATUS1 driver and test features. Back to Register Map.

Table 173. Register - 0x98

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

STATUS1 Output Driver High Impedance. When

STATUS1_OUTPUT_HIZ is set to 1 the STATUS1 output

driver stage is disabled.

[6]

[5]

STATUS1_OUTPUT_HIZ

STATUS1_ENB_INSTAGE

RW

0

1

STATUS1 Input Stage Enable BAR. When

STATUS1_INPUT_ENB is 0 the STATUS1 Input stage is

enabled. When STATUS1_INPUT_ENB is set to 1 the

STATUS1 input stage is disabled.

102

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Table 173. Register - 0x98 (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

STATUS1 Input Stage Enable Multi-level. When

STATUS1_INPUT_ENML is 1 the input stage is configured

for multi-level mode.

STATUS1_EN_ML_INSTAG

E

[4]

RW

0

[3]

[2]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

STATUS1 Output Data. Set the STATUS1 output data value

when STATUS1_IOTESTEN is 1.

STATUS1_OUTPUT_DATA

RW

0

STATUS1 Input Y12 Value. Indicates the logic level present

on the STATUS1 Y12 (high-level) pin.

[1]

[0]

STATUS1_INPUT_Y12

STATUS1_INPUT_M12

R

0

STATUS1 Input M12 Value. Indicates the logic level present

on the STATUS1 M12 (mid-level) pin.

9.6.2.150 IOCTRL_SYNC

The IOCTRL_SYNC Register provides control of the SYNC Input. Back to Register Map.

Table 174. Register - 0x99

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SYNC Output Mux Select. When selecting PLL1 or 2

REF/FB clock, also set corresponding

PLLx_TSTMODE_REF_FB_EN bit.

SYNC_MUX_SEL - SYNC Output

000 - PLL1 REF CLK

[7:5]

SYNC_MUX_SEL[2:0]

RW

0x4

001 - PLL2 REF CLK

010 - PLL1 FB (SYS) CLK

011 - PLL2 FB (SYS) CLK

1XX - Signal selected by SYNC_INT_MUX (digital)

SYNC Output Mute. When SYNC_OUTPUT_MUTE is 1 the

SYNC output driver is forced to 0 if it is enabled.

[4]

[3]

SYNC_OUTPUT_MUTE

SYNC_OUTPUT_INV

RW

0

SYNC Output Invert. When SYNC_OUTPUT_INV is 1 the

SYNC output is inverted.

SYNC Output weak drive. When

SYNC_OUTPUT_WEAK_DRIVE is 1 the SYNC output is

configured with a lower slew rate.

SYNC_OUTPUT_WEAK_DRI

VE

[2]

RW

0

SYNC Pull Up Enable. When SYNC_PULLUPEN_EN is 1 a

pullup resistor is activated.

[1]

[0]

SYNC_EN_PULLUP

RW

0

SYNC Pull Down Enable. When SYNC_PULLDWN_EN is 1

a pulldown resistor is activated.

SYNC_EN_PULLDOWN

9.6.2.151 DUMMY_REGISTER_1

Placeholder 1. Back to Register Map.

Table 175. Register - 0x9A

BIT NO.

[7:1]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[0]

Reserved.

9.6.2.152 IOCTRL_CLKINSEL1

The IOCTRL_CLKINSEL1 Register provides control of the CLKINSEL1 Input. Back to Register Map.

Table 176. Register - 0x9B

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:2]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

CLKIN_SEL1 Pull Up Enable. When

CLKINSEL1_PULLUP_EN is 1 a pullup resistor is activated.

[1]

CLKINSEL1_EN_PULLUP

RW

0

103

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Table 176. Register - 0x9B (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

CLKIN_SEL1 Pull Down Enable. When

CLKINSEL1_PULLDWN_EN is 1 a pulldown resistor is

activated.

CLKINSEL1_EN_PULLDOW

N

[0]

RW

0

9.6.2.153 IOTEST_CLKINSEL1

The IOTEST_CLKINSEL1 Register provides control of the CLKINSEL1 driver test features. Back to Register

Map.

Table 177. Register - 0x9C

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:6]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

CLKINSEL1 Input Stage Enable BAR. When

CLKINSEL1_INPUT_ENB is 0 the CLKINSEL1 Input stage is

enabled.

[5]

[4]

CLKINSEL1_ENB_INSTAGE

RW

0

CLKINSEL1 Input Stage Enable Multi-level. When

CLKINSEL1_INPUT_ENML is 1 the input stage is configured

for multi-level mode.

CLKINSEL1_EN_ML_INSTA

GE

[3:2]

[1]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

CLKINSEL1 Input Y12 Value. Indicates the logic level

present on the CLKINSEL1 Y12 (high-level) pin.

CLKINSEL1_INPUT_Y12

R

0

CLKINSEL1 Input M12 Value. Indicates the logic level

present on the CLKINSEL1 M12 (mid-level) pin.

[0]

CLKINSEL1_INPUT_M12

R

0

9.6.2.154 PLL1_TSTMODE

The PLL1_TSTMODE Register supports PLL1 Test by enabling output of PLL1 phase detector inputs.Back to

Register Map.

Table 178. Register - 0xAC

BIT NO.

[7]

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Set this bit when STATUS0_MUX_SEL,

STATUS1_MUX_SEL, or SYNC_MUX_SEL selects a PLL1

REF clock or FB (SYS) clock output.

0: PLL1 REF or PLL1 FB (SYS) clock not selected by any

mux

PLL1_TSTMODE_REF_FB_

EN

RW

0

1: PLL1 REF or PLL1 FB (SYS) clock selected by at least

one mux

[6:0]

RSRVD

RW

Reserved.

9.6.2.155 PLL2_CTRL

The PLL2_CTRL Register supports other PLL2 features. Back to Register Map.

Table 179. Register - 0xAD

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:6]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Before using PLL2 DLD signal, set this field to 0x3, wait 20

ms, set to 0x0. Refer to PLL2 DLD flow chart in Figure 40.

0x0: Clear reset state

0x1: Reserved

[5:4]

[3]

RESET_PLL2_DLD

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

0x2: Reserved

0x3: Reset set

Reserved.

104

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

BIT NO.

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Table 179. Register - 0xAD (continued)

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Set this bit when STATUS0_MUX_SEL,

STATUS1_MUX_SEL, or SYNC_MUX_SEL selects a PLL1

REF clock or FB (SYS) clock output.

0: PLL1 REF or PLL1 FB (SYS) clock not selected by any

mux

PLL2_TSTMODE_REF_FB_

EN

[2]

RW

0

1: PLL1 REF or PLL1 FB (SYS) clock selected by at least

one mux

Set for modes not using PLL2 VCO.

0x0: VCO LDO active

0x1: Reserved

[1:0]

PD_VCO_LDO

RW

0

0x2: Reserved

0x3: VCO LDO disabled

9.6.2.156 PLL2_RDIV_CLKEN

The PLL2_RDIV_CLKEN Register supports PLL2 R-Divider enable. Back to Register Map.

Table 180. Register - 0xAF

BIT NO.

[7:1]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

-

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[0]

PLL2_RDIV_CLKEN

RW

0

PLL2 R-Divider Clock Enable.

9.6.2.157 PLL2_NDIV_CLKEN

The PLL2_NDIV_CLKEN Register supports PLL2 N-Divider enable. Back to Register Map.

Table 181. Register - 0xB0

BIT NO.

[7:1]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

-

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[0]

PLL2_NDIV_CLKEN

RW

1

PLL2 N-Divider Clock Enable.

9.6.2.158 STATUS

The STATUS Register provides access to the following status signals. Back to Register Map.

Table 182. Register - 0xBE

BIT NO.

[7:6]

[5]

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

RSRVD

-

LOS

R

0

Loss of Source

[4]

HOLDOVER_DLD

HOLDOVER_LOL

HOLDOVER_LOS

PLL2_LCK_DET

PLL1_LCK_DET

Holdover - Digital Lock Detect

Holdover - Loss of Lock

Holdover - Loss of Source

PLL2 Lock Detect

[3]

[2]

[1]

[0]

PLL1 Lock Detect

9.6.2.159 PLL2_DLD_EN

The PLL2_DLD_EN Register supports PLL2 DLD EN Feature Back to Register Map.

Table 183. Register - 0xF6

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:2]

RSRVD

RW

0

Reserved

Enable for PLL2 DLD

0: Non PLL2 modes

1: PLL2 DLD enabled

[1]

PLL2_DLD_EN

RW

0

105

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Table 183. Register - 0xF6 (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[0]

RSRVD

FW

0

Reserved

9.6.2.160 PLL2_DUAL_LOOP

The PLL2_DUAL_LOOP Register supports Dual Loop Feature Back to Register Map.

Table 184. Register - 0xF7

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

R

0

Reserved.

Dual Loop enable

0x0: Non-Dual Loop mode

0x1: Reserved

0x2: Reserved

0x3: Dual Loop mode

[6:5]

[4:0]

PLL2_DUAL_LOOP_EN

RSRVD

RW

0

Reserved.

9.6.2.161 CH01_DDLY_BY0

Register CH01_DDLY_BY0 provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register Map.

Table 185. Register - 0xFD

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Sets number of Digital Delay steps for Channel X. The

channel delays 0 to 255 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[7:0]

CH01_DDLY[7:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.162 CH23_DDLY_BY0

Register CH23_DDLY_BY0 provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register Map.

Table 186. Register - 0xFF

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Sets number of Digital Delay steps for Channel X. The

channel delays 0 to 255 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[7:0]

CH23_DDLY[7:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.163 CH45_DDLY_BY0

Register CH45_DDLY_BY0 provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register Map.

Table 187. Register - 0x101

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Sets number of Digital Delay steps for Channel X. The

channel delays 0 to 255 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[7:0]

CH45_DDLY[7:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.164 CH67_DDLY_BY0

Register CH67_DDLY_BY0 provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register Map.

Table 188. Register - 0x103

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Sets number of Digital Delay steps for Channel X. The

channel delays 0 to 255 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[7:0]

CH67_DDLY[7:0]

RW

0x0

106

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.165 CH89_DDLY_BY0

Register CH89_DDLY_BY0 provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register Map.

Table 189. Register - 0x105

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Sets number of Digital Delay steps for Channel X. The

channel delays 0 to 255 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[7:0]

CH89_DDLY[7:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.166 CH1011_DDLY_BY0

Register CH1011_DDLY_BY0 provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register Map.

Table 190. Register - 0x107

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Sets number of Digital Delay steps for Channel X. The

channel delays 0 to 255 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[7:0]

CH1011_DDLY[7:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.167 CH1213_DDLY_BY0

Register CH1213_DDLY_BY0 provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register Map.

Table 191. Register - 0x109

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Sets number of Digital Delay steps for Channel X. The

channel delays 0 to 255 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[7:0]

CH1213_DDLY[7:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.168 CH1415_DDLY_BY0

Register CH1415_DDLY_BY0 provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register Map.

Table 192. Register - 0x10B

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Sets number of Digital Delay steps for Channel X. The

channel delays 0 to 255 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[7:0]

CH1415_DDLY[7:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.169 OUTCH0_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH0_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 193. Register - 0x10C

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH0_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH0_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 0.

Reserved.

107

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.170 OUTCH1_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH1_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 194. Register - 0x10D

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH1_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH1_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 1.

Reserved.

9.6.2.171 OUTCH2_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH2_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 195. Register - 0x10E

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH2_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH2_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 2.

Reserved.

9.6.2.172 OUTCH3_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH3_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 196. Register - 0x10F

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH3_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH3_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 3.

Reserved.

9.6.2.173 OUTCH4_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH4_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 197. Register - 0x110

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH4_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH4_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 4.

Reserved.

108

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.174 OUTCH5_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH5_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 198. Register - 0x111

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH5_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH5_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 5.

Reserved.

9.6.2.175 OUTCH6_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH6_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 199. Register - 0x112

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH6_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH6_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 6.

Reserved.

9.6.2.176 OUTCH7_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH7_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 200. Register - 0x113

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH7_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH7_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 7.

Reserved.

9.6.2.177 OUTCH8_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH8_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 201. Register - 0x114

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH8_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH8_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 8.

Reserved.

109

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.178 OUTCH9_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH9_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 202. Register - 0x115

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH9_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH9_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 9.

Reserved.

9.6.2.179 OUTCH10_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH10_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 203. Register - 0x116

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH10_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH10_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 10.

Reserved.

9.6.2.180 OUTCH11_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH11_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 204. Register - 0x117

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH11_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH11_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 11.

Reserved.

9.6.2.181 OUTCH12_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH12_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 205. Register - 0x118

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH12_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH12_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 12.

Reserved.

110

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.182 OUTCH13_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH13_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 206. Register - 0x119

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH13_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH13_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 13.

Reserved.

9.6.2.183 OUTCH14_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH14_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 207. Register - 0x11A

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH14_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH14_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 14.

Reserved.

9.6.2.184 OUTCH15_JESD_CTRL

Register OUTCH15_JESD_CTRL provides control of the following JESD204B control signals Back to Register

Map.

Table 208. Register - 0x11B

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Analog Steps can be programmed from 0 to 15. The

resulting delay is shown in Figure 34.

[6:2]

CH15_ADLY[4:0]

RW

0x0

[1]

[0]

CH15_ADLY_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Enables Analog Delay for Channel 15.

Reserved.

9.6.2.185 CLKMUXVECTOR

The CLKMUXVECTOR Register reflects the current status of the RefClk Mux Back to Register Map.

Table 209. Register - 0x124

BIT NO.

[7:4]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[3:0]

CLKMUX[3:0]

R

0x0

CLKmux status.

9.6.2.186 OUTCH01CNTL2

The OUTCH01CNTRL2 Register controls Output CH0_1 Back to Register Map.

Table 210. Register - 0x127

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SYSREF_BYP_DYNDIGDLY

_GATING_CH0_1

[7]

RW

0

Bypass CH0_1 Dynamic Digital Delay Gating

111

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Table 210. Register - 0x127 (continued)

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SYSREF_BYP_ANALOGDLY

_GATING_CH0_1

[6]

RW

0

Bypass CH0_1 Analog Delay Gating

[5]

[4]

SYNC_EN_CH0_1

HS_EN_CH0_1

RW

0

Output CH0_1 SYNC Enable

Output CH0_1 Enable Half-cycle delay

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH1.

0

[3:2]

[1:0]

DRIV_1_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_0_SLEW[1:0]

0x0

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH0.

9.6.2.187 OUTCH23CNTL2

The OUTCH23CNTRL2 Register controls Output CH2_3 Back to Register Map.

Table 211. Register - 0x128

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SYSREF_BYP_DYNDIGDLY

_GATING_CH2_3

[7]

RW

0

Bypass CH2_3 Dynamic Digital Delay Gating

SYSREF_BYP_ANALOGDLY

_GATING_CH2_3

[6]

RW

0

Bypass CH2_3 Analog Delay Gating

[5]

[4]

SYNC_EN_CH2_3

HS_EN_CH2_3

RW

0

Output CH2_3 SYNC Enable

Output CH2_3 Enable Half-cycle delay

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH3.

0

[3:2]

[1:0]

DRIV_3_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_2_SLEW[1:0]

0x0

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH2.

9.6.2.188 OUTCH45CNTL2

The OUTCH45CNTRL2 Register controls Output CH4_5 Back to Register Map.

Table 212. Register - 0x129

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SYSREF_BYP_DYNDIGDLY

_GATING_CH4_5

[7]

RW

0

Bypass CH4_5 Dynamic Digital Delay Gating

SYSREF_BYP_ANALOGDLY

_GATING_CH4_5

[6]

RW

0

Bypass CH4_5 Analog Delay Gating

[5]

[4]

SYNC_EN_CH4_5

HS_EN_CH4_5

RW

0

Output CH4_5 SYNC Enable

Output CH4_5 Enable Half-cycle delay

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH5.

0

[3:2]

[1:0]

DRIV_5_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_4_SLEW[1:0]

0x0

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH4.

9.6.2.189 OUTCH67CNTL2

The OUTCH67CNTRL2 Register controls Output CH6_7 Back to Register Map.

Table 213. Register - 0x12A

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SYSREF_BYP_DYNDIGDLY

_GATING_CH6_7

[7]

RW

0

Bypass CH6_7 Dynamic Digital Delay Gating

SYSREF_BYP_ANALOGDLY

_GATING_CH6_7

[6]

RW

0

Bypass CH6_7 Analog Delay Gating

[5]

[4]

SYNC_EN_CH6_7

HS_EN_CH6_7

RW

0

Output CH6_7 SYNC Enable

Output CH6_7 Enable Half-cycle delay

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH7.

0

[3:2]

[1:0]

DRIV_7_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_6_SLEW[1:0]

0x0

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH6.

112

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.190 OUTCH89CNTL2

The OUTCH89CNTRL2 Register controls Output CH8_9 Back to Register Map.

Table 214. Register - 0x12B

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SYSREF_BYP_DYNDIGDLY

_GATING_CH8_9

[7]

RW

0

Bypass CH8_9 Dynamic Digital Delay Gating

SYSREF_BYP_ANALOGDLY

_GATING_CH8_9

[6]

RW

0

Bypass CH8_9 Analog Delay Gating

[5]

[4]

SYNC_EN_CH8_9

HS_EN_CH8_9

RW

0

Output CH8_9 SYNC Enable

Output CH8_9 Enable Half-cycle delay

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH9.

0

[3:2]

[1:0]

DRIV_9_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_8_SLEW[1:0]

0x0

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH8.

9.6.2.191 OUTCH1011CNTL2

The OUTCH1011CNTRL2 Register controls Output CH10_11 Back to Register Map.

Table 215. Register - 0x12C

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SYSREF_BYP_DYNDIGDLY

_GATING_CH10_11

[7]

RW

0

Bypass CH10_11 Dynamic Digital Delay Gating

SYSREF_BYP_ANALOGDLY

_GATING_CH10_11

[6]

RW

0

Bypass CH10_11 Analog Delay Gating

[5]

[4]

SYNC_EN_CH10_11

HS_EN_CH10_11

RW

0

Output CH10_11 SYNC Enable

Output CH10_11 Enable Half-cycle delay

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH11.

0

[3:2]

[1:0]

DRIV_11_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_10_SLEW[1:0]

0x0

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH10.

9.6.2.192 OUTCH1213CNTL2

The OUTCH1213CNTRL2 Register controls Output CH12_13 Back to Register Map.

Table 216. Register - 0x12D

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SYSREF_BYP_DYNDIGDLY

_GATING_CH12_13

[7]

RW

0

Bypass CH12_13 Dynamic Digital Delay Gating

SYSREF_BYP_ANALOGDLY

_GATING_CH12_13

[6]

RW

0

Bypass CH12_13 Analog Delay Gating

[5]

[4]

SYNC_EN_CH12_13

HS_EN_CH12_13

RW

0

Output CH12_13 SYNC Enable

Output CH12_13 Enable Half-cycle delay

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH13.

0

[3:2]

[1:0]

DRIV_13_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_12_SLEW[1:0]

0x0

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH12.

9.6.2.193 OUTCH1415CNTL2

The OUTCH1415CNTRL2 Register controls Output CH14_15 Back to Register Map.

Table 217. Register - 0x12E

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SYSREF_BYP_DYNDIGDLY

_GATING_CH14_15

[7]

RW

0

Bypass CH14_15 Dynamic Digital Delay Gating

SYSREF_BYP_ANALOGDLY

_GATING_CH14_15

[6]

[5]

RW

0

Bypass CH14_15 Analog Delay Gating

Output CH14_15 SYNC Enable

SYNC_EN_CH14_15

113

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Table 217. Register - 0x12E (continued)

BIT NO.

[4]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0

DESCRIPTION

HS_EN_CH14_15

DRIV_15_SLEW[1:0]

DRIV_14_SLEW[1:0]

Output CH14_15 Enable Half-cycle delay

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH15.

[3:2]

RW

0x0

[1:0]

RW

0x0

Slew Rate Setting OUTCH14.

9.6.2.194 OUTCH0_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH0_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH0 Back to Register Map.

Table 218. Register - 0x12F

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH0[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.195 OUTCH1_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH1_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH1 Back to Register Map.

Table 219. Register - 0x130

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH1[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.196 OUTCH2_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH2_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH2 Back to Register Map.

Table 220. Register - 0x131

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH2[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.197 OUTCH3_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH3_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH3 Back to Register Map.

Table 221. Register - 0x132

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH3[2:0]

RW

0x0

114

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.198 OUTCH4_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH4_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH4 Back to Register Map.

Table 222. Register - 0x133

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH4[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.199 OUTCH5_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH5_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH5 Back to Register Map.

Table 223. Register - 0x134

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH5[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.200 OUTCH6_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH6_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH6 Back to Register Map.

Table 224. Register - 0x135

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH6[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.201 OUTCH7_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH7_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH7 Back to Register Map.

Table 225. Register - 0x136

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH7[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.202 OUTCH8_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH8_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH8 Back to Register Map.

Table 226. Register - 0x137

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH8[2:0]

RW

0x0

115

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.203 OUTCH9_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH9_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH9 Back to Register Map.

Table 227. Register - 0x138

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH9[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.204 OUTCH10_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH10_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH10 Back to Register Map.

Table 228. Register - 0x139

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH10[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.205 OUTCH11_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH11_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH11 Back to Register Map.

Table 229. Register - 0x13A

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH11[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.206 OUTCH12_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH12_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH12 Back to Register Map.

Table 230. Register - 0x13B

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH12[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.207 OUTCH13_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH13_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH13 Back to Register Map.

Table 231. Register - 0x13C

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH13[2:0]

RW

0x0

116

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.208 OUTCH14_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH14_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH14 Back to Register Map.

Table 232. Register - 0x13D

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH14[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.209 OUTCH15_JESD_CTRL1

The OUTCH15_JESD_CTRL1 Register controls Output CH15 Back to Register Map.

Table 233. Register - 0x13E

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:3]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Sets number of Dynamic Digital Delay steps for Output X.

The Output delays 0 to 5 Clock Distribution Path periods

compared to other channels.

[2:0]

DYN_DDLY_CH15[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.210 SYSREF_PLS_CNT

Sysref Pulse Count Configuration Back to Register Map.

Table 234. Register - 0x140

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:6]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

OUTCH_SYSREF_PLSCNT[

5:0]

Set number of desired sysref pulses. 0 Enables continuous

sysref.

[5:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.211 SYNCMUX

The SYNCMUX Register controls the status signal that is routed to the SYNC output. Back to Register Map.

Table 235. Register - 0x141

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SYNC Integrated Mux Select.

SYNC_INT_MUX - SYNC Output

0 - PLL1 Lock Detect and PLL2 Lock Detect

1 - PLL1 Lock Detect

2 - PLL2 Lock Detect

3 - CLKINBLK LOS

4 - SPI Output Data

5 - Reserved

6 - Reserved

7 - Reserved

8 - HOLDOVER_EN

[7:0]

SYNC_INT_MUX[7:0]

RW

0x4

9 - Mirror of SYNC_INPUT

10 - Mirror of CLKINSEL1 INPUT

11 - Reserved

12 - Reserved

13 - PLL2 Reference Clock

14 - Reserved

15 - PLL1 Lock Detect and PLL2 Lock Detect and not PLL1

Holdover

16 - PLL1 Lock Detect and not PLL1 Holdover

17 - Logic 1

18 - Logic 0

117

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

9.6.2.212 IOTEST_SYNC

The IOTEST_SYNC Register provides control of the SYNC driver and test features. Back to Register Map.

Table 236. Register - 0x142

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

SYNC Output Driver High Impedance. When

SYNC_OUTPUT_HIZ is set to 1 the SYNC output driver

stage is disabled.

[6]

[5]

[4]

SYNC_OUTPUT_HIZ

SYNC_ENB_INSTAGE

SYNC_EN_ML_INSTAGE

RW

1

SYNC Input Stage Enable BAR. When SYNC_INPUT_ENB

is 0 the SYNC Input stage is enabled. When

SYNC_INPUT_ENB is set to 1 the SYNC input stage is

disabled.

SYNC Input Stage Enable Multi-level. When

SYNC_INPUT_ENML is 1 the input stage is configured for

multi-level mode.

[3]

[2]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

SYNC Output Data. Set the SYNC output data value when

SYNC_IOTESTEN is 1.

SYNC_OUTPUT_DATA

RW

0

SYNC Input Y12 Value. Indicates the logic level present on

the SYNC Y12 pin.

[1]

[0]

SYNC_INPUT_Y12

SYNC_INPUT_M12

R

0

SYNC Input M12 Value. Indicates the logic level present on

the SYNC M12 pin.

9.6.2.213 OUTCH_ZDM

Low Skew Feedback Buffer Settings Back to Register Map.

Table 237. Register - 0x143

BIT NO.

[7:5]

[4]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

0

-

FBBUF_CH6_EN

RSRVD

RW

-

Enable Channel 6 Zero Delay Mode FBClock Buffer

Reserved.

[3:1]

[0]

FBBUF_CH9_EN

RW

0

Enable Channel 9 Zero Delay Mode FBClock Buffer

9.6.2.214 PLL2_CTRL3

The PLL2_CTRL3 Register provides control of PLL2 features. Back to Register Map.

Table 238. Register - 0x146

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

Enable By-2 Divider in PLL2 Feedback.

nbypass_div2_fb - PLL2 Feedback by-2 Divider

0 - Divider Off

[6]

PLL2_NBYPASS_DIV2_FB

PLL2_PRESCALER[3:0]

RW

0

1 - Divider On

PLL2 VCO Prescaler Configuration.

PLL2_PRESCALER - Effect

00XX - PLL2 VCO Prescaler DIV3

01XX - PLL2 VCO Prescaler DIV4

10XX - PLL2 VCO Prescaler DIV5

11XX - PLL2 VCO Prescaler DIV6

[5:2]

0x0

PLL2 Feedback MUX control.

PLL2_FBDIV_MUXSEL - Effect

[1:0]

PLL2_FBDIV_MUXSEL[1:0]

RW

0x0

00 - Feedback Prescaler Output

01 - Feedback OUTCH9 Output (Zero Delay Mode)

10 - Feedback OUTCH6 Output (Zero Delay Mode)

118

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

9.6.2.215 PLL1_HOLDOVER_CTRL0

The PLL1_HOLDOVER_CTRL0 Register selects the GPIO pin to use to force Holdover mode. Back to Register

Map.

Table 239. Register - 0x149

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:4]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

PLL1_CLKINSEL1_ML_HOL

DOVER

[3]

[2]

[1]

RW

0

Force holdover by applying mid-level at CLKINSEL1.

Force holdover by applying high-level at SYNC.

Force holdover by applying high-level at STATUS1.

PLL1_SYNC_HOLDOVER

PLL1_STATUS1_HOLDOVE

R

PLL1_STATUS0_HOLDOVE

R

[0]

RW

0

Force holdover by applying high-level at STATUS0.

9.6.2.216 IOCTRL_SYNC_1

The IOCTRL_SYNC_1 Register provides control of SYNC Input features. Back to Register Map.

Table 240. Register - 0x14A

BIT NO.

[7]

FIELD

TYPE

-

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

RSRVD

-

0x0

0

[6:2]

[1]

SYNC_ANALOGDLY[4:0]

SYNC_ANALOGDLY_EN

RW

SYNC input Analog Delay.

Enable Analog Delay at SYNC input.

SYNC_IN Invert.

SYNC_INV - Polarity

0 - Not inverted

1 - Inverted

[0]

SYNC_INV

RW

0

9.6.2.217 OUTCH_TOP_JESD_CTRL

OUTCH_TOP_JESD_CTRL controls JESD functions for TOP output channels. Back to Register Map.

Table 241. Register - 0x14B

BIT NO.

[7]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

DESCRIPTION

DYN_DDLY_CH15_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH14_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH13_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH12_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH11_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH10_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH9_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH8_EN

0

Enable CH15 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH14 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH13 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH12 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH11 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH10 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH9 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH8 Dynamic Digital Delay.

[6]

[5]

[4]

[3]

[2]

[1]

[0]

9.6.2.218 OUTCH_BOT_JESD_CTRL

OUTCH_BOT_JESD_CTRL controls JESD functions for BOTTOM output channels. Back to Register Map.

Table 242. Register - 0x14C

BIT NO.

[7]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

DESCRIPTION

DYN_DDLY_CH7_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH6_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH5_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH4_EN

0

Enable CH7 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH6 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH5 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH4 Dynamic Digital Delay.

[6]

RW

[5]

RW

[4]

RW

119

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Table 242. Register - 0x14C (continued)

BIT NO.

[3]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

DESCRIPTION

DYN_DDLY_CH3_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH2_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH1_EN

DYN_DDLY_CH0_EN

0

Enable CH3 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH2 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH1 Dynamic Digital Delay.

Enable CH0 Dynamic Digital Delay.

[2]

RW

[1]

RW

[0]

RW

9.6.2.219 OUTCH_JESD_CTRL1

OUTCH_TOP_JESD_CTRL controls JESD functions for TOP output channels. Back to Register Map.

Table 243. Register - 0x14E

BIT NO.

[7]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

DESCRIPTION

SYSREF_EN_CH14_15

SYSREF_EN_CH12_13

SYSREF_EN_CH10_11

SYSREF_EN_CH8_9

SYSREF_EN_CH6_7

SYSREF_EN_CH4_5

SYSREF_EN_CH2_3

SYSREF_EN_CH0_1

0

Enable CH14_15 Sysref feature.

Enable CH12_13 Sysref feature.

Enable CH10_11 Sysref feature.

Enable CH8_9 Sysref feature.

Enable CH6_7 Sysref feature.

Enable CH4_5 Sysref feature.

Enable CH2_3 Sysref feature.

Enable CH0_1 Sysref feature.

[6]

[5]

[4]

[3]

[2]

[1]

[0]

9.6.2.220 PLL2_CTRL4

PLL2 CTRL4 Register sets PLL2 configuration. Back to Register Map.

Table 244. Register - 0x150

BIT NO.

[7:4]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

-

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[3]

PLL2_PFD_DIS_SAMPLE

RW

0

Disable PFD Sampling.

PLL2_PROG_PFD_RESET[2

:0]

[2:0]

RW

0x0

Programmable PFD reset.

9.6.2.221 PLL2_CTRL5

PLL2 CTRL5 Register sets PLL2 configuration. Back to Register Map.

Table 245. Register - 0x151

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:5]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

0-> 9.2kOhm

1->4.7kOhm

[4]

[3]

PLL2_RFILT

RSRVD

RW

-

0

-

Reserved.

PLL2_CP_EN_SAMPLE_BY

P

[2]

RW

0

Bypass PLL2 Chargepump sampling.

Set Cap prior Sampling.

[1:0]

PLL2_CPROP[1:0]

0x0

9.6.2.222 PLL2_CTRL6

PLL2 CTRL6 Register sets PLL2 configuration. Back to Register Map.

Table 246. Register - 0x152

BIT NO.

FIELD

TYPE

RESET

DESCRIPTION

[7:4]

RSRVD

-

Reserved.

120

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Table 246. Register - 0x152 (continued)

BIT NO.

[3]

FIELD

TYPE

RW

RESET

0

DESCRIPTION

PLL2_EN_FILTER

PLL2_CSAMPLE[2:0]

Enable PLL2 Chargepump Filter.

PLL2 Set Cap After sampling.

[2:0]

RW

0x0

9.6.2.223 PLL2_CTRL7

PLL2 CTRL7 Register sets PLL2 configuration. Back to Register Map.

Table 247. Register - 0x153

BIT NO.

[7:5]

FIELD

RSRVD

TYPE

-

RESET

DESCRIPTION

Reserved.

-

[4:0]

PLL2_CFILT

RW

0

0 to 124pF in 4pF steps

121

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

10 Application and Implementation

NOTE

Information in the following applications sections is not part of the TI component

specification, and TI does not warrant its accuracy or completeness. TI’s customers are

responsible for determining suitability of components for their purposes. Customers should

validate and test their design implementation to confirm system functionality.

10.1 Application Information

To assist customers in frequency planning and design of loop filters Texas Instrument's provides the Clock

Design Tool and Clock Architect.

10.1.1 Digital Lock Detect Frequency Accuracy

The digital lock detect circuit is used to determine PLL1 locked and PLL2 locked. A window size and lock count

register are programmed to set a ppm frequency accuracy of reference to feedback signals of the PLL for each

event to occur. When a PLL digital lock event occurs the PLL's digital lock detect is asserted true.

EVENT

PLL

WINDOW SIZE

LOCK COUNT

PLL1 Lock

PLL1

PLL1_LD_WNDW_SIZE

PLL1_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT * (1 + (31 * PLL1_LCKDET_BY_32))

PLL2 Lock

(Initial)

PLL2_LD_WNDW_SIZE_INITIAL =

1 ns

PLL2

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT_INITIAL

PLL2_LOCKDET_CYC_CNT

PLL2 Lock

PLL2_LD_WNDW_SIZE = 1 ns

For a digital lock detect event to occur there must be a lock count number of a count frequency during which the

time/phase error of the PLLX_R reference and PLLX_N feedback signal edges are within the user programmable

window size. Because there must be at least lock count number of count frequency cycles, a minimum digital

lock detect assert time can be calculated as lock count / count frequency where count frequency = PLL2 phase

detector frequency. PLL2 lock time is the sum of the PLL2 Lock (Initial) + PLL2 Lock time.

By using Equation 1, values for a lock count and window size can be chosen to set the frequency accuracy

required by the system in ppm before the digital lock detect event occurs:

1e6 × WINDOW SIZE × COUNT FREQUENCY

ppm =

LOCK COUNT

(1)

The effect of the lock count value is that it shortens the effective lock window size by dividing the window size by

lock count.

If at any time the PLLX_R reference and PLLX_N feedback signals are outside the time window set by window

size, then the lock count value is reset to 0.

10.1.1.1 Minimum Lock Time Calculation Example

To calculate the minimum PLL2 digital lock time given a PLL2 phase detector frequency of 245.76 MHz,

PLL2_LOCK_DET_CYC_CNT_INITAL = 32768, and PLL2_LOCK_DET_CYC_CNT = 16384. Then the minimum

digital lock time assert time of PLL2 is PLL2 Lock time (Initial) + PLL2 Lock time = (32768 / 245.76 MHz) +

(16384 / 245.76 MHz) = 200 µs.

122

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

10.2 Typical Application

Normal use case of the LMK04616 device is as a dual loop jitter cleaner. This section will discuss a design

example to illustrate the various functional aspects of the LMK04616 device.

PLL1

PLL2

External

VCXO

CLKinX

CLKinX*

OSCout

R

N

Divider

Phase

Detector

PLL1

OSCout*

Integrated

Loop Filter

4 inputs

Internal VCO

R

N

16 Device/Sysref

Clocks

Phase

Detector

PLL2

Device/SYSref

Clock

Divider

Digital Delay

Analog Delay

CLKoutX*

CLKoutX

Pre

Div

Integrated

Loop Filter

CLKoutX*

CLKoutX

8 blocks

LMK04616

Figure 59. Simplified Functional Block Diagram for Dual-Loop Mode

10.2.1 Design Requirements

Given a remote radio head (RRU) type application which needs to clock some ADCs, DACs, FPGA, SERDES,

and an LO. The input clock is a recovered clock which needs jitter cleaning. The FPGA clock should have a

clock output on power up. A summary of clock input and output requirements are as follows:

Clock Input:

•

122.88-MHz recovered clock.

Clock Outputs:

•

1x 245.76-MHz clock for ADC

2x 983.04-MHz clock for DAC

2x 122.88-MHz clock for FPGA

1x 122.88-MHz clock for SERDES

It is also desirable to have the holdover feature engage if the recovered clock reference is ever lost. The

following information reviews the steps to produce this design.

If JESD204B support is also required for the clock outputs, see JEDEC JESD204B for more details.

10.2.2 Detailed Design Procedure

Design of all aspects of the LMK04616 are quite involved and software has been written to assist in part

selection and part programming. Contact TI for optimized loop filter settings based on the system requirement.

This design procedure gives a quick outline of the process.

NOTE

This information is current as of the date of the release of this data sheet. Design tools

receive continuous improvements to add features and improve model accuracy. Refer to

software instructions or training for latest features.

1. Device Selection

–

The key to device selection is required VCO frequency given required output frequencies. The device

must be able to produce the VCO frequency that can be divided down to required output frequencies.

The software design tools take the VCO frequency range into account for specific devices based on the

application's required output frequencies.

To understand the process better, see the Detailed Description which provides more insight into the

functional blocks and programming options.

123

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

Typical Application (continued)

2. Device Configuration

There are many possible permutations of dividers and other registers to get same input and output

frequencies from a device. However, consider that there are some optimizations and trade-offs. It is possible,

although not assured, that some crosstalk and mixing could be created when using some divides.

–

The optimum setting attempts to maximize phase detector frequency and uses the smallest dividers

settings.

–

For lowest possible in-band PLL noise, maximize phase detector frequency to minimize N divide value.

As rule of thumb, keeping the phase detector frequency approximately between 10 × PLL loop bandwidth

and 100 × PLL loop bandwidth. A phase detector frequency less than 5 × PLL bandwidth may be

unstable and a phase detector frequency > 100 × loop bandwidth may experience increased lock time

due to cycle slipping. However, for clock generation and jitter cleaning applications, lock time is typically

not critical and large phase detector frequencies typically result in reduced PLL noise, so cycle-slipping

during lock is acceptable.

10.2.2.1 PLL Loop Filter Design

Contact TI with the application requirements to get the optimized loop filter settings.

10.2.2.2 Clock Output Assignment

It is best to consider proximity of each clock output to each other and other PLL circuitry when choosing final

clock output locations. Here are some guidelines to help achieve best performance when assigning outputs to

specific CLKout/OSCout pins.

•

Group common frequencies together.

Some clock targets require low close-in phase noise. If possible, use a VCXO based PLL1 output from

OSCout/OSCout* for such a clock target.

•

Some clock targets require excellent noise floor performance. Outputs driven by the internal LC-VCO have

the best noise floor performance. An example is an ADC or DAC.

Other device specific configuration. For LMK04616, consider the following:

•

Holdover Configuration

LMK04616 provides the option to have two clock inputs. The clock priority, clock loss detection, holdover, and

loss recovery can be programmed. See Holdover for more details.

•

JESD204B support

To generate JESD204B compliant clocks, see JEDEC JESD204B for more details.

Digital delay: phase alignment of the output clocks.

Analog delay: another method to shift phases of clocks with finer resolution with the penalty of increase noise

floor.

•

10.2.2.3 Calculation Using LCM

In this example, the LCM (245.76 MHz, 983.04 MHz, 122.88 MHz) = 983.04 MHz. A valid VCO frequency for

LMK04616 is 5898.24 MHz = 6 × 983.04 MHz. Therefore, the LMK04616 may be used to produce these output

frequencies.

10.2.2.4 Device Programming

The software tool TICS Pro for EVM programming can be used to set up the device in the desired configuration,

then export a hex register map suitable for use in applications.

10.2.2.5 Device Selection

Use the WEBENCH Clock Architect Tool and enter the required frequencies and formats into the tool. To use

this device, find a solution using the LMK04616.

124

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Typical Application (continued)

10.2.2.6 Clock Architect

When viewing resulting solutions, it is possible to narrow the parts used in the solution by setting a filter. Filtering

of a specific device can be done by selecting the device from the filter combo box. Also, regular expressions can

be typed into filter combo box. LMK04616 will only filter for the LMK04616 device.

10.2.3 Application Curves

Table 248 lists the application curves for this device.

Table 248. Table of Graphs

FIGURE

LMK04616 CLKout2 Phase Noise

VCO = 5898.24 MHz

CLKout2 Frequency = 122.88 MHz

Figure 2

HSDS 8 mA

LMK04616 CLKout2 Phase Noise

VCO = 5898.24 MHz

CLKout2 Frequency = 245.76 MHz

Figure 4

HSDS 8 mA

LMK04616 CLKout2 Phase Noise

VCO Frequency = 5898.24 MHz

CLKout2 Frequency = 983.04 MHz

Figure 5

HSDS 8 mA

10.3 Do's and Don'ts

10.3.1 Pin Connection Recommendations

•

V_CCPins and Decoupling: all V_CCpins must always be connected.

Unused Clock Outputs: leave unused clock outputs floating and powered down.

Unused Clock Inputs: unused clock inputs can be left floating.

125

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

11 Power Supply Recommendations

11.1 Recommended Power Supply Connection

Figure 60 shows the recommended power supply connection using a low-noise LDO and a DC-DC converter.

LMK0461x

Clean 3.3V

VDD_PLL2OSC

LDO

3.3V

VDD_PLL1

3.3V

VDD_CORE

3.3V

VDD_PLL2CORE

3.3V

1.8V

VDD_OSC

DC-DC

1.8V - 3.3V

VDD_IO

1.8V - 3.3V

VDDO_0..7

1.8V - 3.3V

Figure 60. Recommended Power Supply Connection

11.2 Current Consumption / Power Dissipation Calculations

From Table 249 the current consumption can be calculated for any configuration. Data below is typical and not

assured.

Table 249. Typical Current Consumption for Selected Functional Blocks

(T_A= 25°C, V_CC= 3.3 V)

POWER

DISSIPATED

IN DEVICE

(mW)

POWER

DISSIPATED

EXTERNALLY

(mW)

TYPICAL I_CC

(mA)

BLOCK

TEST CONDITIONS

CORE AND FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS

PLL1

PLL1 locked

14.5

44

60

1.8

0.1

1.5

1.2

1.5

0

47.85

145.2

198

3.24

0.33

3.24

2.16

2.7

-

PLL2

PLL2 locked

VCO

VCO (with VCO divider)

LOS

LOS enabled

PLL1 Regulation

OSCin Doubler

Doubler is enabled

EN_PLL2_REF_2X = 1

Single-Ended Mode

Differential Mode

-

Any one of the CLKinX

is enabled

CLKinX

Holdover

Holdover is enabled

HOLDOVER_EN = 1

0

-

SYNC_EN = 1

Required for SYNC and SYSREF functionality

0

126

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

Current Consumption / Power Dissipation Calculations (continued)

Table 249. Typical Current Consumption for Selected Functional Blocks

(T_A= 25°C, V_CC= 3.3 V) (continued)

POWER

DISSIPATED

EXTERNALLY

(mW)

TYPICAL I_CC

(mA)

DISSIPATED

IN DEVICE

(mW)

BLOCK

TEST CONDITIONS

Enabled

SYSREF_PD = 0

0

-

Dynamic Digital Delay

enabled

SYSREF_DDLY_PD = 0

3.5

6.3

-

SYSREF

Pulser is enabled

SYSREF_PLSR_PD = 0

SYSREF_MUX = 2

0

SYSREF Pulses mode

SYSREF Continuous

mode

SYSREF_MUX = 3

0

Static Digital Delay

0

Static Digital Delay + Half step

Dynamic Digital Delay

Analog Delay

0

Output channel

3.5

2.5

0.2

6.3

4.8

0.36

Analog Delay per Step

CLOCK OUTPUT BUFFERS

HCSL

50 Ω to Ground termination

HSDS 4 mA

19

5

34.2

9

-

HSDS

HSDS 6 mA

7

12.6

16.2

HSDS 8 mA

9

OSCout BUFFERS

HCSL

50 Ω to Ground termination

19

9

34.2

16.2

9

-

HSDS

HSDS 8 mA

LVCMOS Pair

150 MHz

5

-

LVCMOS

LVCMOS Single

2.5

4.5

12 Layout

12.1 Layout Guidelines

Power consumption of the LMK0461x family of devices can be high enough to require attention to thermal

management. For reliability and performance reasons the die temperature should be limited to a maximum of

125°C.

12.1.1 CLKin and OSCin

If differential input (preferred) is used route traces tightly coupled. If single-ended, have at least 3 trace width (of

CLKin or OSCin trace) separation from other RF traces. Place terminations close to IC.

12.1.2 CLKout

Normally differential signals must be routed tightly coupled to minimize PCB crosstalk. Trace impedance and

terminations must be designed accord to output type being used. Unused outputs must be left open and

programmed to power-down state.

127

LMK04616

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

www.ti.com.cn

12.2 Layout Example

Figure 61. Recommended PCB Layout

1. CLKin and OSCin path:

–

If differential input (preferred), route traces tightly coupled. If single ended, have at least 3 trace width (of

CLKin/OSCin trace) separation from other RF traces.

2. CLKouts/OSCout:

Normally differential signals should be routed tightly coupled to minimize PCB crosstalk. Trace impedance

–

must be designed according to 100-Ω differential. For optimal isolation place different clock group signals

on different layers.

3. VCXO connection

–

Shorter traces are better. Place a resistors and capacitors closer to IC except for a single capacitor and

associated resistor, if any, next to VCXO. If any, place loop filter components close to VCXO Vtune pin.

128

LMK04616

www.ti.com.cn

ZHCSG70B –MARCH 2017–REVISED JULY 2019

13 器件和文档支持

13.1 器件支持

13.1.1 开发支持

13.1.1.1 时钟设计工具

如需时钟设计工具，请访问 www.ti.com.cn/tool/cn/clockdesigntool。

13.1.1.2 时钟架构

部件选择、环路滤波器设计、仿真。

如需时钟架构，请访问 www.ti.com/clockarchitect。

13.1.1.3 TICS Pro

EVM 编程软件。还可用于生成寄存器映射，以便为特定的应用进行编程。

如需 TICS Pro，请访问 www.ti.com.cn/tool/cn/TICSPRO-SW。

13.2 接收文档更新通知

如需接收文档更新通知，请导航至 TI.com.cn 上的器件产品文件夹。单击右上角的通知我进行注册，即可每周接收

产品信息更改摘要。有关更改的详细信息，请查看任何已修订文档中包含的修订历史记录。

13.3 社区资源

The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the respective

contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views; see TI's Terms of

Use.

TI E2E™ Online Community TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster collaboration

among engineers. At e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge, explore ideas and help

solve problems with fellow engineers.

Design Support TI's Design Support Quickly find helpful E2E forums along with design support tools and

contact information for technical support.

13.4 商标

E2E is a trademark of Texas Instruments.

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

13.5 静电放电警告

这些装置包含有限的内置 ESD 保护。存储或装卸时，应将导线一起截短或将装置放置于导电泡棉中，以防止 MOS 门极遭受静电损

伤。

13.6 Glossary

SLYZ022 — TI Glossary.

This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.

14 机械、封装和可订购信息

以下页面包含机械、封装和可订购信息。这些信息是指定器件的最新可用数据。数据如有变更，恕不另行通知，且

不会对此文档进行修订。如需获取此数据表的浏览器版本，请查阅左侧的导航栏。

129

重要声明和免责声明

TI“按原样”提供技术和可靠性数据（包括数据表）、设计资源（包括参考设计）、应用或其他设计建议、网络工具、安全信息和其他资源，

不保证没有瑕疵且不做出任何明示或暗示的担保，包括但不限于对适销性、某特定用途方面的适用性或不侵犯任何第三方知识产权的暗示担

保。

这些资源可供使用 TI 产品进行设计的熟练开发人员使用。您将自行承担以下全部责任：(1) 针对您的应用选择合适的 TI 产品，(2) 设计、验

证并测试您的应用，(3) 确保您的应用满足相应标准以及任何其他功能安全、信息安全、监管或其他要求。

这些资源如有变更，恕不另行通知。TI 授权您仅可将这些资源用于研发本资源所述的 TI 产品的应用。严禁对这些资源进行其他复制或展示。

您无权使用任何其他 TI 知识产权或任何第三方知识产权。您应全额赔偿因在这些资源的使用中对 TI 及其代表造成的任何索赔、损害、成

本、损失和债务，TI 对此概不负责。

TI 提供的产品受 TI 的销售条款或 ti.com 上其他适用条款/TI 产品随附的其他适用条款的约束。TI 提供这些资源并不会扩展或以其他方式更改

TI 针对 TI 产品发布的适用的担保或担保免责声明。

TI 反对并拒绝您可能提出的任何其他或不同的条款。IMPORTANT NOTICE

邮寄地址：Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265


型号：	LMK04616ZCRT
厂家：	TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
描述：	符合 JESD204B 标准的超低噪声和低功耗时钟抖动消除器 \| ZCR \| 144 \| -40 to 85 时钟
文件：	总138页 (文件大小：2724K)
中文：	中文翻译
下载：	下载PDF数据表文档文件

LMK04616ZCRT [TI]

相关型号：

LMK04800

LMK04803

LMK04803B

LMK04803BISQ

LMK04803BISQ/NOPB

LMK04803BISQE/NOPB

LMK04803BISQX/NOPB

LMK04805

LMK04805B

LMK04805BISQ

LMK04805BISQ/NOPB

LMK04805BISQE/NOPB